<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516</id><updated>2024-11-01T02:53:15.365-07:00</updated><category term="Photography"/><category term="Canon"/><category term="DSLR"/><category term="Tips"/><category term="Interesting"/><category term="Health"/><category term="Photoshop"/><category term="Blogspot"/><category term="Gadgets"/><category term="Learn"/><category term="Nikon"/><category term="Technology"/><category term="Cell Phone"/><category term="Fashion"/><category term="Painting"/><category term="iPhone"/><category term="1100d"/><category term="Fashion Photography"/><category term="Gaming"/><category term="PS3"/><category term="Patterns"/><category term="Textures"/><category term="Wordpress"/><category term="XBox360"/><category term="online"/><category term="school"/><category term="sony"/><title type='text'>Blog Doc Se7en</title><subtitle type='html'>All you need to know about</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default?redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default?start-index=26&amp;max-results=25&amp;redirect=false'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>95</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-4215933676769711277</id><published>2023-11-05T10:37:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2023-11-05T10:37:20.758-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Understanding the Power of Polarizing Filters in Photography</title><content type='html'>&lt;div&gt;&lt;h1 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Understanding the Power of Polarizing Filters in Photography&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/h1&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;Introduction&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;In the world of photography, polarizing filters are an invaluable tool that often goes unnoticed by the average camera user. These unassuming pieces of glass can make a significant difference in the quality of your photographs by reducing reflections, enhancing color saturation, and improving overall image clarity. In this article, we will explore the concept of polarizing filters, how they work, and their practical applications in photography.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;What Is a Polarizing Filter?&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;A polarizing filter, commonly referred to as a polarizer, is a camera accessory that photographers attach to the front of their camera lenses. It consists of a special optical material that can reduce or eliminate polarized light, which is light that vibrates in a particular direction. Polarizers work by blocking or allowing light waves to pass through in a specific orientation, based on the filter&#39;s adjustment.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;How Does a Polarizing Filter Work?&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;Polarized light waves are caused by the reflection, refraction, or scattering of light. When sunlight hits a non-metallic surface, such as water, glass, or foliage, it becomes partially polarized. This polarized light can lead to glare, reduced contrast, and washed-out colors in photographs.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;A polarizing filter works by selectively blocking polarized light waves, allowing the photographer to control the direction of light that enters the camera. When the filter is rotated, it effectively filters out unwanted reflections and glare, resulting in a variety of benefits:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Reduced Reflections: By rotating the polarizer to the correct position, you can significantly reduce reflections on surfaces like water, glass, and shiny objects. This makes it an essential tool for landscape photographers looking to capture clear and vibrant images of water bodies and cityscapes.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Enhanced Color Saturation: Polarizers can enhance the vibrancy of colors in your photographs, particularly in scenarios where the sky is a prominent feature. They do this by reducing atmospheric haze and making the blue sky appear deeper and more saturated.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Improved Contrast: Polarizing filters can add contrast to your images by darkening the sky and clouds while maintaining detail in the landscape. This increased contrast can make a photo more visually appealing and engaging.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Clarity and Transparency: In outdoor photography, polarizers can help improve image clarity, especially when shooting through windows, car windshields, or any other reflective surfaces. This effect can be quite handy for travel and architectural photographers.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;Applications of Polarizing Filters&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;Polarizing filters have a wide range of applications in photography:&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Landscape Photography: Polarizers are essential for landscape photographers to capture stunning, vibrant scenes with clear skies and water bodies.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Portrait Photography: They can help reduce reflections on glasses and enhance skin tones, making them valuable tools for portrait photographers.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Architecture Photography: When shooting buildings and interiors, polarizers reduce unwanted reflections and make glass windows appear transparent.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Wildlife Photography: Polarizers can help wildlife photographers capture vivid details in animal fur or feathers by reducing glare.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Automotive Photography: When photographing cars or motorcycles, polarizers reduce reflections on the vehicle&#39;s surface and windshields.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;Product Photography: In this genre, polarizing filters are used to reduce reflections on product surfaces, creating appealing, glare-free images.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot;&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;Polarizing filters are versatile tools that can significantly enhance your photography by controlling reflections, boosting color saturation, and improving image clarity. While polarizers can work wonders in various photography scenarios, it&#39;s important to remember that they are most effective when used in the right situations and properly adjusted. So, if you&#39;re looking to elevate your photography game, consider adding a polarizing filter to your camera kit and start exploring the world of polarized light.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.passivehousecanada.com/members/photop/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://credly.com/users/ryan-adams.9094399c/badges&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.credly.com/users/ryan-adams.ae8fff57/badges&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://social.msdn.microsoft.com/profile/vortex%20play/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.intensedebate.com/people/hgluxe&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.intensedebate.com/people/photop&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://slides.com/hgluxe&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://slides.com/photop&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://slides.com/tvcode&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.theverge.com/users/hgluxe&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.theverge.com/users/photop&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.theverge.com/users/tvcode&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.awwwards.com/hgluxe/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.awwwards.com/photop/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.awwwards.com/tvcode/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.walkscore.com/people/114560758447/ryan-adams&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.walkscore.com/people/280313086844/walk-score-user&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.walkscore.com/people/211683304085/the-vortex-code&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://profiles.xero.com/people/ryanadams634&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://profiles.xero.com/people/photop&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://profiles.xero.com/people/vortexcode&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://genius.com/hgluxe&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://local.standard.co.uk/company/b2b042bc332b14361f889b6c94950e55&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.instapaper.com/read/1640967118&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.elephantjournal.com/2023/10/tradescantia-blushing-bride-a-beautiful-and-unique-houseplant/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.elephantjournal.com/profile/ai/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://vocal.media/photography/why-shooting-raw-is-better-than-jpeg&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://vocal.media/writers/elevating-your-space-with-tradescantia-blushing-bride&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://homegardeningluxe.wordpress.com/2023/10/21/fire-chief-arborvitae/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://homegardeningluxe.wordpress.com/2023/10/21/tradescantia-pallida/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://homegardeningluxe.wordpress.com/2023/10/21/tradescantia-pink-panther/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://homegardeningtv.blogspot.com/2023/10/tradescantia-pink-panther.html&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://homegardeningtv.blogspot.com/2023/10/white-knight.html&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pearltrees.com/ainxet/item553468599&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pearltrees.com/ainxet&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.pearltrees.com/ainxet/item553468941&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://hgluxe.exposure.co/shooting-in-raw&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://hgluxe.exposure.co/north-pole-arborvitae&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.tumblr.com/blog/hgluxe&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://penzu.com/p/700c181787e7bf58&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://penzu.com/p/df5e8dc22e599259&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://hgluxe.weebly.com/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.storeboard.com/blogs/photography/what-is-iso/5675953&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://fae.disability.illinois.edu/summary/18ba07ad2b0e3ef1/rc/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://fae.disability.illinois.edu/summary/18ba07a263a4bee0/rc/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://fae.disability.illinois.edu/summary/18ba076936bf005a/rc/&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://www.kompasiana.com/justin91689&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://leanin.org/circles/women-in-sxr&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;https://forums.stardock.com/user/7320613&quot;&gt;Visit Here&lt;/a&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4215933676769711277'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4215933676769711277'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2023/11/understanding-power-of-polarizing.html' title='Understanding the Power of Polarizing Filters in Photography'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-1813328301785796970</id><published>2013-01-27T03:40:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2013-01-27T03:40:56.412-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="1100d"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Fashion Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Learn"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Nikon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="online"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Patterns"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="school"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="sony"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Textures"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Landscape Photography In Natural Light</title><content type='html'>&lt;h2&gt;
Landscape Photography In Natural Light&lt;/h2&gt;
Along with composition, the quality of light is perhaps the most important factor affecting the success of a landscape photograph. Whilst composition can be completely controlled, good quality light on the other hand cannot. We can however control the direction of the light and therefore use the optimum angle of light to enhance the appearance of our main subject and ultimately the success of our landscape photograph. There are four main types of lighting; top, side, front and back lighting. Consider how your envisaged scene will appear under each type of lighting and then choose which type of lighting will best portray your subject and shoot at the specific time and in the specific position to capture your subject in this light.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;natural light landscape photo&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-28968 &quot; height=&quot;375&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCkr8jK57NHYGLeACt1_zZ0db1zP86XItOY_YXT5G0cU3ZJ-OmCZej9Kf9adMJv30eIYuNUubdcmiw379egOyd45KwXYqEKxAvhmir7OOvseOeQfp3tQZmySz6QCKr0bRH8peHyBgV97rk/s1600/natural-light-landscape.jpg&quot; title=&quot;natural-light-landscape&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Occurring during the middle hours of the day:&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Top Lighting&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Generally speaking for landscape photography, top lighting is to be avoided as it does not cast any shadows and therefore does not convey texture, form and shape which are so important to emulate dimension in a landscape photograph. The only exception to using top lighting is when you wish to capture water at its most turquoise colour which occurs when the sun is positioned directly above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;
Occurring leading-up to sunset and a short time after sunrise:&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Front Lighting&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to top lighting front light also does not produce texture, form and shape and even worse your shadow will more than likely appear in the scene. Try and avoid this lighting in any situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Back-lighting&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Back lighting is difficult to shoot in not only because of the extreme brightness between the subject and background but also because lens flare becomes an issue. If you do choose to shoot in back-lighting conditions then it’s recommended to use a lens hood to shade the top of the lens in order to prevent flare. The only exception to using back lighting in landscape photography is when you wish to create a silhouette of your subject which is only possible using back lighting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;landscape photo backlighting&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-28969 &quot; height=&quot;323&quot; src=&quot;http://www.nikond3200.in/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/natural-light-landscape2.jpg&quot; title=&quot;natural-light-landscape2&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Side lighting&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table style=&quot;border: none; width: 98%;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr valign=&quot;top&quot;&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;border: none;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: red;&quot;&gt;[adsenseyu6]&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;td style=&quot;border: none;&quot;&gt;Side lighting is the ideal light source to reveal a subject’s texture, form and shape as it casts beautiful subtle shadows to provide a sense of dimension of the subject and therefore creating a more ‘life-like’ image that the viewer can better relate to. As creating a three dimensional image is often one of the main goals of the landscape photographer, strive to capture your subject using side lighting.&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;side lighting landscape photography&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-28970 &quot; height=&quot;381&quot; src=&quot;http://www.nikond3200.in/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/natural-light-landscape3.jpg&quot; title=&quot;natural-light-landscape3&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To control the direction of light simply change where you stand and capture the image from!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally an interesting note is that shooting during the different times of year can actually produce different results under the same lighting conditions and angle. For example the colour of water is different depending not only on the angle of the sun but also the time of year. For example trying to achieve turquoise water is best achieved right in the middle of the day as the top light penetrates straight through the water. However the same image taken at the same time in winter compared with summer will result in the water not becoming as turquoise because the sun does not completely travel overhead during the shorter winter days and instead only rises up as far as ¾ during the middle of the day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Author:&lt;/i&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ricardo Manuel Da Cunha&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Let us know what do you think about the article in comments section below. If you like the article then make a effort to share &lt;/i&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1813328301785796970'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1813328301785796970'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2013/01/landscape-photography-in-natural-light.html' title='Landscape Photography In Natural Light'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiCkr8jK57NHYGLeACt1_zZ0db1zP86XItOY_YXT5G0cU3ZJ-OmCZej9Kf9adMJv30eIYuNUubdcmiw379egOyd45KwXYqEKxAvhmir7OOvseOeQfp3tQZmySz6QCKr0bRH8peHyBgV97rk/s72-c/natural-light-landscape.jpg" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-1143724276494068126</id><published>2013-01-16T07:14:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2013-01-16T07:33:26.095-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Fashion"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Gadgets"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Learn"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Nikon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Painting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photoshop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Technology"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Composite Portraits with a Mythical Creature</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
Composite
 photography, layering together&amp;nbsp;multiple&amp;nbsp;images to make one, has long 
been used in the world of commercial photography as a way to produce 
perfectly composed photographs that would be too difficult to create in 
one shot. As more and more people are beginning to see the benefits of 
composite photography, the technique is finding it’s way into other 
styles of photography as well including portraiture. Composite 
photography opens up the door to creativity for many photographers, 
including this one who went so far as to build his own mythical creature
 to add to a young boy’s portraits. Take a look.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
Bakster,
 the friendly mythical creature featured in the photoshoot was built 
using spray foam and faux fur. In real life, Bakster is only 3-feet 
tall; however, thanks to composite photography, Bakster appears to be 
much, much larger. In the video we see him towering over a building, an 
effect made possible by photographing him in studio then layering that 
image into the alley scene.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; data-mce-style=&quot;width: 580px;&quot; id=&quot;attachment_30373&quot; style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #f3f3f3; border-bottom-left-radius: 3px; border-bottom-right-radius: 3px; border-top-left-radius: 3px; border-top-right-radius: 3px; border: 1px solid rgb(221, 221, 221); color: #333333; display: block; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; margin: 10px 0px; orphans: 2; padding-top: 4px; text-align: center; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; width: 580px; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;surreal portraits&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-30373   &quot; data-mce-src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/composite-portrait-photography-0-1.jpg&quot; height=&quot;332&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/composite-portrait-photography-0-1.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px none; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Capturing Bakster the Mythical Creature&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1143724276494068126'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1143724276494068126'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2013/01/composite-portraits-with-mythical.html' title='Composite Portraits with a Mythical Creature'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-4191046186090759870</id><published>2013-01-16T06:54:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2013-01-16T07:28:43.571-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Fashion"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Gadgets"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Learn"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Technology"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Winter Lifestyle Fashion Photography</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
Ever wonder what it was like to take a fashion photoshoot outside on a blustery, winter day? Below, you can take a behind the scenes look at a shoot that has done just that. Join photographer,&lt;span class=&quot;Apple-converted-space&quot;&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;Chris Lambeth, and his crew as they take to the snow covered streets with their model for the day, Mary. Take a look below and enjoy the outdoor photoshoot from the warmth of your home.&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
Lambeth captured a plethora of stunning portraits during the shoot. The following images are just a small sampling of the winter fashion shoot goodness:&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div data-mce-style=&quot;text-align: center;&quot; style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: center; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;fashion photography&quot; class=&quot;aligncenter size-full wp-image-30692&quot; data-mce-src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-4.jpg&quot; height=&quot;380&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-4.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px none; display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;outdoor photoshoot&quot; class=&quot;aligncenter size-full wp-image-30689&quot; data-mce-src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-1.jpg&quot; height=&quot;465&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-1.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px; cursor: default; display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;310&quot; /&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;winter fashion&quot; class=&quot;aligncenter size-full wp-image-30691&quot; data-mce-src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-3.jpg&quot; height=&quot;355&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-3.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px; cursor: default; display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;portrait photography&quot; class=&quot;aligncenter size-full wp-image-30695&quot; data-mce-src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-7.jpg&quot; height=&quot;379&quot; src=&quot;http://cdn.picturecorrect.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/behind-the-scenes-portrait-shoot-7.jpg&quot; style=&quot;border: 0px; cursor: default; display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;&quot; width=&quot;570&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div data-mce-style=&quot;text-align: left;&quot; style=&quot;-webkit-text-size-adjust: auto; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Georgia, &#39;Times New Roman&#39;, &#39;Bitstream Charter&#39;, Times, serif; font-size: 13px; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; letter-spacing: normal; line-height: 19px; orphans: 2; text-align: left; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px;&quot;&gt;
Lambeth was able to get creative with his locations by keeping his setup rather portable and staying on the move with the help of his assistants. As you saw in the video, Lambeth used a simple speedlight/octodox combo and really made things easy by attaching the octobox onto a boom arm so that his assistant could quickly reposition the light.&lt;/div&gt;
</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4191046186090759870'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4191046186090759870'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2013/01/winter-lifestyle-fashion-photography.html' title='Winter Lifestyle Fashion Photography'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-1990092154787553086</id><published>2012-05-31T01:02:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-05-31T01:02:26.640-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Nikon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Wide Aperture Clicks</title><content type='html'>You should always shoot with your eyes wide open (at least, the one looking 
  through the viewfinder). But often it pays to shoot with your lens wide open, 
  too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wide apertures let in more light, so you can use a faster shutter speed in any 
  given light level. This is handy for anything from low-light photography to 
  action shooting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0305widei01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;329&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0305widei05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td colspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Left: 
                In this shot, selective focus directs the viewer&#39;s attention 
                to the subject&#39;s eye(s). This was made with AF SLR, using 
                a telephoto lens set at its widest aperture and closest focusing 
                distance. &lt;br /&gt;
                Right: If the background is considerably darker than the subject, 
                you can use exposure to mask distractions. Photos byLynne Eodice&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Another benefit of shooting wide open is very limited depth of field. If you&#39;re 
  shooting a portrait, and the background is distracting, and you can&#39;t 
  move the subject or camera, just open the lens to its widest aperture, and the 
  background distractions will magically blur into insignificance. This effect 
  is greatest when you use a longer focal length and shoot at a close focusing 
  distance--shoot a head shot from 4 feet away with a 100mm lens wide-open 
  at f/2.8, and background distractions will vanish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can use this limited depth of field for more than just making background 
  distractions go away. Through the technique of selective focus, you can direct 
  the viewer&#39;s attention precisely to where you want it in the image. The 
  eye is drawn to what&#39;s sharp; focus carefully and throw everything else 
  out of focus, and the viewer can&#39;t help but be drawn to the subject. For 
  example, in a close-up of an animal, you can direct the viewer to the subject&#39;s 
  eye(s) by focusing there and throwing the rest of the head out of focus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;279&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0305widei02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;This image takes advantage of selective focus and the lens-like 
                properties of a glass of water. Noted pro Bert Stern made this 
                &quot;wine-glass&quot; technique famous back in the 1950s with 
                his great image of an Egyptian pyramid reflected in the wine, 
                but you can produce the effect with plain water and any handy 
                local subject. Move in close to the glass and focus on the image 
                in the water, and use the camera&#39;s depth-of-field preview 
                to select the aperture that provides the degree of sharpness or 
                blur you want. For this image, the photographer just set the glass 
                on the window sill of a high-rise office building, and recorded 
                the image of the building next door. Early-morning sunlight provided 
                warm colors, but you might try adding food coloring to the water 
                in the glass for a different effect. Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
You can also spice up a flower close-up by including a foreground element 
  and blurring it via selective focus. Just be sure the out-of-focus element enhances 
  the image and doesn&#39;t distract from the main subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0305widei03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Photographing 
                this Muscovy duck from close range with the lens wide open blurs 
                the distracting background so it&#39;s no longer distracting 
                (tight cropping also eliminates much of the distracting background), 
                and the limited depth of field is adequate to cover the subject 
                in profile, yet direct the viewer&#39;s eye to the subject. 
                Canon EOS 20D digital SLR, 300mm f/4L lens, ISO 400; the exposure 
                was 1¼1000 at f/4 (wide open). Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/span&gt; 
                &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Of course, there are drawbacks to shooting wide open. Limited depth of field 
  can be a good thing, as just explained. But it can also be a bad thing, if you 
  need great depth of field for a shot (in that case, use a faster film or set 
  a higher ISO on a digital camera, and stop the lens down). And various lens 
  aberrations are more evident when the lens is wide open, resulting in reduced 
  image quality. But all in all, today&#39;s name-brand lenses perform very 
  well wide open, and the benefits far outweigh the drawbacks. Give it a try! 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0305widei04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;In 
                this shot, selective focus directs the viewer&#39;s attention 
                to the subject&#39;s eye(s). This was made with AF SLR, using 
                a telephoto lens set at its widest aperture and closest focusing 
                distance. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Photo 
                by Mike Stensvold &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: #999999;&quot;&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1990092154787553086'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1990092154787553086'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/05/wide-aperture-clicks.html' title='Wide Aperture Clicks'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-6061157149500679030</id><published>2012-05-31T00:59:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-05-31T00:59:28.615-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Aerial Photography - 5ive Tips</title><content type='html'>The world looks different from the air, and aerial photography thus offers 
  some unique photo opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re not a pilot, probably the best way to get aerial photos through 
  a flight school at your local general-aviation airport. Training planes can 
  fly fairly slowly, and the instructors will be familiar with the area&#39;s 
  airspace, and experienced at flying from either front seat (with some planes, 
  only the window on the pilot&#39;s side can be opened).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
High-wing airplanes are generally considered best for aerial photography, because 
  the wing is above the cockpit, out of the way when you&#39;re shooting downward. 
  However, most high-wing planes have wing struts, and many have fixed landing 
  gear, both of which can get in the way. You can work around wings, struts and 
  landing gear--I&#39;ve done nearly all of my aerial photography from 
  a low-wing plane, by aiming the camera midway between the wing and the nose 
  of the plane. Sit in the airplane you&#39;re going to use on the ground, open 
  the window, and try different camera positions and lens focal lengths to see 
  what will work best with that particular aircraft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More important than wing configuration is that you can open a window in-flight, 
  so you don&#39;t have to shoot through the plexiglass. Shooting through the 
  plastic will result in reflections, decreased sharpness, and a color cast if 
  the plastic is tinted. If you can&#39;t open the window, move the camera as 
  close to it as you can without touching it, and shoot straight through the window, 
  not at an angle to it. It&#39;s also a good idea to wear black clothing and 
  use a black cloth to minimize cockpit reflections. Don&#39;t let the lens 
  touch the window, frame or other part of the aircraft--vibrations will 
  be transferred to the camera, causing unsharp images. And don&#39;t stick 
  the lens outside the plane--the rushing air can pull the camera right out 
  of your hands, and will almost certainly tear off the lens hood.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are a pilot, remember that your first job is &quot;pilot.&quot; Fly 
  the plane, and watch for traffic. When you arrive at the target area, slow the 
  plane to a safe speed, trim it for hands-off flight at that speed, check the 
  area for traffic, take a shot, check for traffic again, check airspeed and altitude, 
  take another shot, etc. Don&#39;t get so involved in shooting that you stall 
  the plane or forget to check for traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have the large advantage of being the pilot on my aerial photo flights, so 
  I can just fly the plane where I want it for each shot. If you go up as passenger, 
  discuss beforehand with the pilot what you want to do, and establish a communication 
  system. An intercom with headsets is invaluable here--it&#39;s noisy 
  in flight, especially with a window open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#39;t look through the camera for long periods of time in flight, especially 
  while the aircraft is turning--you&#39;ll likely get airsick. When you 
  spot a subject, have the pilot maneuver the plane into position, then bring 
  the camera up to your eye and take the shot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can get cold aloft with the window open. Consider the temperature (it usually 
  gets colder the higher up you go), and dress accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When photographing subjects on the ground, use manual-focus mode and set focus 
  at infinity, then tape the focusing ring there so it doesn&#39;t accidentally 
  move.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While I do most of my shooting these days with digital SLRs, I still prefer 
  film for aerial work--generally Kodak Ektachrome E100VS or Fujichrome Provia 
  100F or Velvia 100F, all pushed a stop to EI 200 to provide faster shutter speeds 
  and more contrast. Aerial photos generally lack contrast and color saturation, 
  due to the haze between camera and subject--you&#39;ll be at least 500 
  feet from subjects on the ground (1000 feet in populated areas), and I&#39;m 
  often shooting from several thousand feet up during cross-country flights. If 
  I need more speed, Fujichrome Provia 400F is the finest-grained high-speed slide 
  film, and I also use Ektachrome E200 pushed to EI 400 or 800 at times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A polarizing filter can help cut through haze (but not smog, which actually 
  consists of particulate matter) and improve contrast, but I rarely use one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1. The Best Time&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
As with all photography, lighting is a big factor. For aerial photography, the 
  lighting is best early and late in the day, when the low-angle sun creates long, 
  dramatic shadows. Ideally, you also want a clear and smooth day, because hazy 
  weather makes for murky photos, and turbulence causes image blur and missed 
  compositions. Unfortunately, clear days are generally that way because of strong 
  winds, and strong winds make for bumpy flights. I&#39;ve got a few good shots 
  on bumpy days (also a lecture from air traffic control when I accidentally keyed 
  the yoke-mount microphone button as a strong gust hit just as I shot, causing 
  me to blow blew yet another composition, and I apparently muttered something 
  untoward). If you&#39;re up there and see something good to shoot, by all 
  means, shoot it; but I wouldn&#39;t deliberately set out on an aerial photo 
  flight on a bumpy or hazy day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;286&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;286&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Aerial photography is basically landscape photography, and the 
                lighting is best early and late in the day, when the sun&#39;s 
                light is warm and shadows are long (top). Midday sun&amp;nbsp;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot; style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;produces 
                flat lighting that&#39;s good for record shots, but pretty dull 
                (bottom). &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;2. Shutter Speed &amp;amp; Aperture&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  In aerial photography, the subject is almost always at &quot;infinity.&quot; 
  So depth of field is rarely a consideration. However, the camera is moving through 
  the sky at more than a mile a minute, so motion-freezing shutter speeds are 
  important, especially at lower altitudes. &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;321&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
 
              &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;For most aerial work, you want the fastest possible shutter speed, 
                to offset the motion of the airplane (and camera), especially 
                at lower altitudes. This shot was made with the camera pointed 
                straight down at the ground for a vertical viewpoint. Remember 
                to shoot some vertical-format images, too--don&#39;t shoot 
                everything in horizontal format.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
I shoot wide-open in aperture-priority AE unless except in cloudy conditions 
  where the sun might suddenly come out--the camera&#39;s fastest shutter 
  speed won&#39;t be fast enough to avoid overexposure with the lens wide open. 
  For example, at ISO 400 (which I use for cloudy weather), the proper shutter 
  speed for bright sun at f/2.8 would be 1¼12,500. In such conditions, 
  I either closely monitor the light level, or switch to program AE mode. (Action 
  mode would provide the fastest possible shutter speed for a given light level, 
  but doesn&#39;t permit use of exposure comp, and I frequently use that--for 
  example, most SLRs tend to overexpose greenery.) &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;291&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
 
              &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;A fast shutter speed is especially important when photographing 
                nearby objects like clouds--even if you hold the camera perfectly 
                steady, you are moving past the object at more than a mile a minute, 
                and a slow shutter speed will blur it. Tip: Fly toward such subjects 
                at an angle, rather than trying to shoot them when they are directly 
                to the side--the relative motion will be less, and your chances 
                of a sharp shot that much greater.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;3. Focal Length&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  I like focal lengths from 28mm to 135mm for aerial photography (not coincidentally, 
  I have a 28--135mm zoom lens). With wider focal lengths, it&#39;s hard 
  to keep from getting some part of the camera plane in the shot; with longer 
  focal lengths, it&#39;s hard to get sharp results due to camera shake (my 
  28--135 has a built-in image stabilizer). Sometimes it&#39;s nice to 
  use a really wide lens and deliberately include a wing as a graphic element, 
  but generally it&#39;s best to shoot &quot;clean&quot; aerial photos. With 
  the &quot;affordable&quot; digital SLRs and their smaller-than-full-35mm-film-frame 
  image sensors, any lens will have a narrower angle of view than it does on a 
  35mm SLR--my 28--135 frames like a 45--216 when used on my digital 
  SLR with its 1.6X &quot;crop factor.&quot; This still provides a good range 
  of focal lengths for aerial shooting, but I also have a wide-angle zoom lens 
  I use on both film and digital cameras.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;319&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
 
              &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Sometimes a lens outside the 28--135mm focal-length range 
                comes in handy. It&#39;s a bad idea to fly near fires--smoke, 
                turbulence and firefighting aircraft present hazards, and TFRs 
                (temporary flight restrictions) make it illegal. This image was 
                cropped from a shot made with a long image-stabilized lens from 
                well clear of the fire area.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Why zoom lenses? Because it&#39;s a lot easier to rotate or slide a zoom 
  ring than it is to change altitude hundreds or even thousands of feet to get 
  the desired composition. Most pro aerial photographers work at lower altitudes--500--1000 
  feet above ground--because shooting from lower altitudes provides a more 
  dramatic perspective (the higher you shoot from the flatter everything looks) 
  and reduces the amount of atmospheric haze between camera and subject, but I 
  also shoot a lot of images while en route to destinations, at much higher altitudes. 
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;strong&gt;4. Circle&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  Those perfect moments when camera angle and lighting are just right are fleeting. 
  Keep your eyes open, and when you see something good, have the pilot circle 
  it, so you can get several chances at that perfect moment.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;1&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;324&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;320&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0405lessoni06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td colspan=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
 
              &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;If you see something interesting, have the pilot circle it, so 
                you can shoot from several angles, and get more than one shot 
                at the best one. Be sure to keep the horizon horizontal, even 
                if it doesn&#39;t appear in the frame. If you tilt the camera 
                around the lens axis, the ground surface will look &quot;off&quot; 
                and make viewers of the image uncomfortable.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;5. Fear Not...&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  If you&#39;re afraid of little airplanes, you can still get some &quot;aerial&quot; 
  photos by shooting from hilltops or tall office buildings. This also provides 
  the advantage of a stationary camera, allowing you to study your compositions 
  carefully before shooting, and you can get sharp images in dimmer light by attaching 
  the camera to a tripod and making longer exposures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;i style=&quot;color: #999999;&quot;&gt;source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/i&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6061157149500679030'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6061157149500679030'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/05/aerial-photography-5ive-tips.html' title='Aerial Photography - 5ive Tips'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-3979862726030421976</id><published>2012-04-25T10:06:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-25T10:09:48.614-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Action Photography - Capturing the Moment</title><content type='html'>This is an excerpt from the book “Sports Photography: How to Capture Action and Emotion” by Peter Skinner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;283&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;
 &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Australian butterfly swimmer Pierce Hardy of Caloundra, Queensland, 
powers to the end of the pool. Swimmers are best photographed as they 
burst above the water. Nikon D1X, ISO 200, 300mm f4 lens, 1/1000 at 
f5.6. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2008, Peter Skinner, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Virtually every day we see great sports action photographs in 
newspapers and magazines. As the term implies, the photographers who 
made these images have truly “captured the action.” Because we see them 
so often, it can be easy to overlook the skill and talent involved in 
producing these attention-grabbing photographs. While luck might be 
involved in making great sports shots, invariably luck favors the 
photographer who knows what to expect, and is well prepared to 
capitalize on that fleeting, never-to-be-repeated moment when something 
extraordinary happens.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Pre-focusing
 on a spot and anticipating the peak of action is part of a successful 
formula for Brian Robb. Here downhill skier Lindsey Kildow, USA, 
competes in the 2005 US alpine championships at Mammoth, California. 
Canon 1D Mark II, ISO 160, 300mm f2.8 lens with 1.4x extender, 1/1300 at
 f7.1.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Brian Robb, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;The dramatic image of a skier leaning into a turn after coming over a
 crest at break-neck speed was made because the photographer knew the 
exact spot where the move would be executed and was prepared for that 
definitive shot of a climactic moment. Just before it happened the 
photographer reacted as skillfully and professionally as any 
well-trained athlete who rises to the occasion at a critical time. In 
about the time it takes to blink the moment was over, but it was 
captured in
  a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;411&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;When
 Texas Rangers second baseman Alfonso Soriano broke his bat, Ben Chen 
was quick to freeze the action. Canon 1D Mark II, 400mm f2.8 lens, ISO 
1600, 1/3200 at f2.8.&lt;br /&gt;
© 2008, Ben Chen, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In many ways sports shooters are not too different from the sports 
men and women they photograph. Athletes are competitive and so are top 
sports photographers. Being prepared, whether you’re an athlete or a 
photographer, is paramount. Nothing out of the ordinary might happen, 
but when it does you might miss it if you are not prepared.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;358&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Nobody
 knew this young Australian hurdler’s shoe would fly off his leading 
foot but Duane Hart timed it perfectly. Being prepared is vital in 
making shots like this. Canon D30, ISO 100, 200mm f1.8 lens, pattern 
metering, 1/1250 at f3.5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Duane Hart/sportingimages.com.au, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Location, Position, And Planning&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is no right or wrong way to shoot sports. It’s an individual 
choice based on your own vision, creativity, what you’re trying to 
portray, and to a large extent the access you can get to the action. 
Most sports are better photographed from specific spots or angles of 
view and knowing a sport will help you choose the ideal locations. If 
you’re covering a sport such as football, baseball, tennis or any other 
game where the boundaries are defined, positioning yourself is dictated 
to a large extent by the way the game is played and the area most likely
 to produce the shots you’re after.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;340&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Getting
 the ball on the racket is a key to great tennis shots like this one of 
Maria Sharapova powering into a backhand stroke. A long lens isolated 
her from the background. Canon 1D Mark II, 300 f2.8 lens, ISO 800, 
1/2700 at f2.8.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Ben Chen, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Presuming you are familiar with the sport and know the best angles to
 shoot from—or conversely, viewpoints to avoid—you still need to plan 
ahead. Some things might seem basic and logical but it’s surprising how 
overlooking details can sabotage your efforts. Covering outdoors events 
that are spread over a long course such as a cycling road race, a 
marathon, triathlon, cross-country ski race, white water kayaking and 
similar requires special planning. Scouting ahead of time is vital. And 
have a shot list for specific pictures. This can save you trying to 
cover everything. Other images apart from the ones you plan will present
 themselves—they are a bonus for sound preparation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;283&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The
 intensity of kayak slalom racing is captured as the racer passes 
upstream through the gate and starts to look downstream to his next 
gate. Canon EOS 1N, 70-200mm f2.8 lens, Fujichrome Provia 100, 1/250 at 
f16.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Bob Woodward, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/action-photography-capturing-moment.html&quot;&gt;Part II&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;You might also like&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/3979862726030421976'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/3979862726030421976'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/action-photography-capturing-moment_25.html' title='Action Photography - Capturing the Moment'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-5700425040495238940</id><published>2012-04-25T10:05:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-25T10:10:33.785-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Action Photography - Capturing the Moment | Part II</title><content type='html'>Know the course and the best vantage points. Keep in mind the time of
 day, the angle of the sun and how long that spot is likely to be well 
lit. Ask officials about the course layout. These people want coverage 
of their events and will probably do what they can to help you but don’t
 leave the approach to the last minute! Also, ask if and when access to 
any part of a course might be closed. Rushing to a great location only 
to find it is off limits would be frustrating, to say the least.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you’ve selected the best vantage spots get the approximate times 
that athletes will get there after the start and how many circuits will 
be made. An elevated vantage point can be handy and you can even take 
your own, such as a small, lightweight stepladder, an aid that Bob 
Woodward uses often.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;437&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Track
 events are bounded by lines and lanes, elements of graphic design that 
the well-trained eye can harness. Duane Hart has done just that in an 
overhead view of the start of a race at the 2000 Olympic Games. Canon 
10D, 200mm f1.8 lens, ISO 100, 1/1000 at f4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Duane Hart/sportingimages.com.au, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finish of an event is usually the most crowded part of the 
course—with spectators and other photographers. So, if you’re hoping for
 a shot of the winner crossing the line, be prepared to get there early 
and wait. If you want a varied diet of images, you are better off out on
 the course.
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;The Peak Of Action&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Sports provide a multitude of great subject matter but perhaps most 
typical are the peak of action shots made at just that right instant—the
 decisive moment—when all the elements of a phase or play come together.
 Often this happens when the subject or a ball is between the rise and 
fall of a movement and can be caught with a slower shutter speed. For 
example, a basketball player momentarily suspended before slam-dunking 
the ball may be moving slowly enough to be photographed at 1/125 sec. A 
shot taken just before that, as the player rises to the net, might need a
 shutter speed twice as fast.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;

  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;322&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook08.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;
 &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;An overhead wide angle view and a wireless remote camera mounted behind
 the backboard were used to catch this brilliant shot at the hoop as 
California Baptist University player Pete Rajniak gets the two-pointer. A
 wide-angle lens ensured sufficient depth of field to maintain sharpness
 throughout. Canon 1D, 16mm f2.8 lens, ISO 1000, 1/400 at f2.8. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue; font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2008, Ben Chen, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
The difference between that peak of action and a split second before 
or after it can be the difference between a good shot and a great one. 
Peak action shots usually are the result of several factors, not the 
least being the photographer’s intimate knowledge of the sport, accurate
 focusing, his or her sense of timing and anticipation, and having the 
presence of mind to press the shutter just before the action. Taking the
 shot as it happens will almost definitely result in an “after the 
event” picture—a good one, perhaps, but not the great one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Essentials To Capture The Action&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Be in the right position and use a focal length sufficient to isolate 
the principal subject matter. The shutter speed should be fast enough to
 freeze the action but some blurring on the outer part of the shot—feet 
or hands or a ball—can enhance the shot. Usually a shutter speed of 
1/500 sec or faster is needed, especially if a telephoto lens is used. 
Use the widest aperture possible. This has two advantages: 1) the 
shallower depth of field of a wide aperture will help throw a 
potentially distracting background out of focus and 2) you will be able 
to use a faster shutter speed, reducing the chances of camera movement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;

  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;305&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook09.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Being
 ready for any eventuality was key to getting the shot of tumbling 
ponies and polocrosse players hitting the turf. Nikon 801, 300mm f2.8 
Tamron lens, manual focus, Fuji 800 film, 1/1000 at f2.8&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Duane Hart/sportingimages.com.au, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
Depending on the ISO setting—either the film speed or the ISO setting
 on a digital camera—you should aim for an exposure in the range of 
1/500 sec to 1/1000 sec at f4. Of course, if you have an f2.8 lens, use 
that aperture and the corresponding shutter speed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Timing, Anticipation, And Knowing The Athletes&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
These come with knowledge of the sport and being aware of what’s likely 
to happen. Photographer Diane Kulpinski points out that knowing the flow
 of the action, not necessarily all the rules, is critical to capturing 
good images. “That way you have a good idea of where peak action is 
likely to occur and what it will look like,” she said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;

  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;348&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook10.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Duante
 Culpepper of the Minnesota Vikings valiantly dives for the end zone. 
Bruce Kluckhohn anticipated and captured the action. Canon 1D, ISO 800, 
400mm f2.8 lens, 1/500 at f2.8, available light&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Bruce Kluckhohn, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And it pays to know not only the sport but also its participants. 
Most athletes have habits or a style that make it easier to anticipate 
their next move. Team coaches and managers study films of their 
opponents ahead of matches to plan how to counter specific moves or 
players. Leading professional sports photographers do much the same 
thing, even if for different reasons. They want to capture the action of
 that athlete either succeeding with a typical play, or shooting the 
peak of action as the opposing team thwarts the play. Knowing the 
players’ style and habits gives them an edge. All athletes, Little 
Leaguers, high school players, Olympians, and even older sports men and 
women in the growing ranks of senior competitions have their individual 
style.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;

  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;269&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook11.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;A
 great example of an overhead view adding another dimension to sports 
photography. Arms and hands flail and water boils as Spanish and 
Australian water polo players contest possession at the 2004 Athens 
Olympic Games. Canon 10D, ISO 800, 200mm f1.8 lens, pattern metering, 
1/1000 at f2.8&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Duane Hart/sportingimages.com.au, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And Bill Hurter, editor of Rangefinder magazine and a former sports 
photographer, advises that another good rule of thumb, in addition to 
knowing a sport, is to never take your eye off the ball or puck or 
action, especially when shooting sports such as baseball, basketball, 
football, ice hockey or tennis at the pro level. There’s always the 
chance you or your camera will get hit, as has happened to him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;

  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;219&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1208sportbook12.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;USC
 Trojans tailback Reggie Bush hurdles over a UCLA defender on his way to
 a touch down. Background color strengthened the image. Canon 1D, 280mm 
lens, ISO 200, 1/2000 at f4.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Ben Chen, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;
&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/action-photography-capturing-moment_25.html&quot;&gt;Back To Part I&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;You might also like&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5700425040495238940'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5700425040495238940'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/action-photography-capturing-moment.html' title='Action Photography - Capturing the Moment | Part II'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-1157503360686920440</id><published>2012-04-05T23:55:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-05T23:55:30.115-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Still Life Photography - Four Tips</title><content type='html'>Throughout the decades, artists have depicted still life scenes--arrangements 
  of inanimate objects--in paintings and photography. Shooting still life 
  subjects is one of the best ways to sharpen your photographic skills. You can 
  take your time, and your subject remains stationary. Good composition, framing 
  and lighting are all very important to translate your still life into a great 
  photo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;275&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1205backi01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 250px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Tom Reich, Tuscon, AZ&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Study Good Photos&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Every day we are bombarded with still life images of appetizing foods, shiny 
  housewares and other appealing products in magazine ads, brochures and catalogs. 
  Professionals spend a great deal of time setting up these shots and you can 
  learn a lot just by studying the photos you find most appealing and unique. 
  Notice how photographers use repeating shapes and lines to create patterns and 
  use complimentary colors. Study the lighting that they use. One of the best 
  things you can do before you shoot still lifes is to collect images that inspire 
  you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;381&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1205backi02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 250px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Kenneth A. Deitcher, Albany, NY&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Keep It Simple&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Simplicity is very important when composing still lifes. You don&#39;t need 
  to collect a wide range of complicated objects to create an interesting picture. 
  Instead, choose a few objects with a common thread. The arrangement of a still 
  life should begin with the positioning of a single dominant subject. Then add 
  other objects one at a time, and examine the arrangement through your camera&#39;s 
  viewfinder. Experiment with your camera angle until the scene shows the elements 
  in the most pleasing balance. Photograph the original grouping, and then rearrange 
  or remove objects to see if it improves the composition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;318&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1205backi03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 250px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Adele Collins, Plymouth, MA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Challenge Yourself &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  You can use any object or group of objects to create a still life. Flowers, 
  fruit, and vegetables are popular subjects and easy to obtain. You can also 
  create a good still life with some of your own personal belongings. This also 
  allows you to make a personal statement. A cherished necklace, a favorite article 
  of clothing, sporting equipment, or a collection of memorabilia can say a lot 
  about who you are. Challenge yourself by gathering objects to create your own 
  still life image--think about what interests you and use that as your theme. 
  &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  If your hobby is photography, use your camera, a roll of negatives, some prints 
  and a few of your favorite accessories as props. This self-assignment can be 
  an experiment in light, shape, color, and composition, as well as &lt;br /&gt;
  an opportunity to express your own imagination.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;318&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1205backi04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: purple;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 250px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
 
              &lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Jan Stadelmyer, Bellwood, PA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Equipment &amp;amp; Backdrops&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  Most pros use elaborate studio setups for their still lifes, but you can do 
  this yourself on a smaller scale at home. Invest in a yard or two of cloth from 
  a fabric store, or purchase backdrop paper (known as &quot;seamless&quot;) 
  which is available in many camera and art stores. This will give you a more-professional 
  looking, uncluttered background. You may also want to shoot your subject(s) 
  on a tabletop or another surface draped with fabric. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  I recommend using light from a window or ambient room light instead of your 
  camera&#39;s flash. You&#39;ll get much more pleasing light than with the 
  harsh illumination that on-camera flash provides (unless you have a means of 
  using off-camera lighting). A sheet of white cardboard or Fome-Cor can be used 
  as a reflector to fill in the shadows. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  Natural outdoor settings work well for some objects, like an arrangement of 
  shells on a beach. When shooting outdoors, utilize the more-flattering illumination 
  of early or late sunlight, or the soft light of an overcast day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;strong&gt;Four Tips In Brief &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  · Collect still life images that you admire.&lt;br /&gt;
  · Assemble personal objects to create a unique still life statement.&lt;br /&gt;
  · Keep compositions simple.&lt;br /&gt;
  · Utilize backdrop elements and lighting to produce strong still life 
  photos.</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1157503360686920440'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1157503360686920440'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/still-life-photography-four-tips.html' title='Still Life Photography - Four Tips'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-1080882778377828177</id><published>2012-04-05T23:51:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-05T23:51:55.995-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Enhancing Outdoor Portraits Using Fill Flash</title><content type='html'>When the weather is nice outdoors, nothing beats an informal 
portrait. You do not want to shoot in the direct sunlight because your 
subject will be squinting. However, if you can find a shady spot under a
 tree, both you and your subject will be much happier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, how can you take the best portrait outdoors and still compete with
 the sun? The answer is usually right on top of your camera—the flash. 
You may not want to use the full intensity of the flash to combat the 
effects of the sun, but depending on your subject’s location, time of 
day, and hair color, you probably have more control than you think.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grouping subjects by hair color, I’ll explain what techniques have 
worked for me on the warmth of a summer day and in the crispness of a 
colorful fall day. Beginning with brunettes, I usually have females sit 
under a tree and look up at the camera. They will be in shade because of
 the tree and the only ambient light is what is bouncing or reflecting 
off the ground. Knowing that dark colors absorb light (like dark hair) 
and lighter colors reflect light (blonde hair), I adjust my flash 
accordingly. Keep in mind the distance from your subject (I’m standing, 
she’s sitting) and their skin tone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few rules to keep in mind: direct sun rarely works well; 
instead choose a shady spot and let your compensated flash be your fill 
light source. It provides the needed illumination plus benefits such as 
sparkling eyes, daylight-balanced skin tone, and less background/subject
 exposure variations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I will always use the flash outdoors to fill in the shadows created by 
the sun, but in this case, I wanted to add illumination to the shot and 
make her eyes sparkle. This will be one of the few times I will use the 
fill flash at full strength. In this instance, the flash lightens her 
skin slightly, creates a twinkle in her eyes, and causes a mild shimmer 
to her hair. &lt;br /&gt;
Chris was placed in the shade of a tree with a much brighter 
background. Still using the flash as fill, I backed down the flash 
compensation to -1 EV. I don’t want the flash at full power because his 
skin tone is light and I want to avoid overexposure. The camera’s flash 
is daylight-balanced (5600?K) and an overcast day often causes a blue 
cast. The warmth of the flash added a little color to his light skin. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Abbie—Dark Hair, Brown Eyes, Olive Skin&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Chris—Light Skin, Dark Hair, Light Beard&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Amanda’s eyes and hair closely match that of Abbie’s but her skin is 
paler. In this instance, I would also set the fill flash at -1 EV 
because I don’t want to wash out her skin tone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Amanda—Dark Hair, Brown Eyes, Light Skin&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Jeana wore a darker top. Both Amanda and Abbie have white tops that 
reflect ambient light; Jeana’s dark top absorbs light much like her 
olive skin and long, dark hair. With this combination, the fill flash 
needs full power to better match the
sunlit background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Jeana—Dark Hair, Olive Skin, Dark Blouse&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Meredith has the bluest eyes I have ever seen. Wanting this feature 
to stand out, she is also sitting in the shade, wearing a top that 
complements her eyes, and needs the full output of the flash to deepen 
the blue of her eyes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Meredith—Medium Brown Hair, Bright Blue Eyes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Ali’s case, her brilliant red hair demanded a unique background. 
Here, I chose an autumn-hued burning bush—a red rose color. Ali’s skin 
is very light and reflective with light blue eyes and fiery red hair. 
Too much flash would wash out her facial features. Using a -2 EV setting
 on the flash, I got just enough fill light to bring out the color in 
her eyes without overwhelming the lightness of her skin tone. If you 
display the histogram, the right side is lower because of the -2 EV 
flash compensation. You’ll also notice that the red bush is illuminated,
 but not from the weakened flash. Here, I had an assistant shade Ali 
with a piece of foamcore, but still allowed the bush to be sunlit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Ali—Red Hair, Light Skin, Blue Eyes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Gabby also has very light skin and wore a dark top. I used the tree’s
 shade, allowing the background to blow out. I always take a reflected 
meter reading of the subject’s face and determine the proper flash 
output. With digital it’s easy—if you have too much light, reduce it; 
not enough, add more. My favorite setting seems to be -1 EV flash 
compensation because it works out most of the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Gabby—Blonde Hair, Light Skin, Dark Top&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Sue wore a brightly colored top with her shoulders exposed, and her 
tanned skin was offset by her blonde hair. I wanted Sue a little less 
illuminated than the background, but she still needed that summer 
radiance. A full-powered fill flash was necessary because a light 
reading from Sue’s face showed very little reflected light. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Sue—Blonde Hair, Tan Skin, Bare Shoulders&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0710portrait08.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1080882778377828177'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/1080882778377828177'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/enhancing-outdoor-portraits-using-fill.html' title='Enhancing Outdoor Portraits Using Fill Flash'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-2201913218345799425</id><published>2012-04-05T23:45:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-05T23:45:31.755-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photoshop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Creative Look - Combine Your Images</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;content clear-block&quot;&gt;

        I had a thought (it happens!) back in the `80s. I was thinking how great 
  it would be to create a portrait piece of someone that combined several images 
  together to show the many facets of that individual. Let&#39;s take an example. 
  Suppose you were commissioned to do a portrait of a young man. His interests 
  may include playing football, swimming, sailing, playing guitar, etc. &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Morning Ritual&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;326&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The 
              clients own a Coffee company so this brought on the theme. The image 
              is composed of 8 separate photos, one of each client, the cup, the 
              pot, and 2 separate hands. A plain Rembrandt background and several 
              smoke photos were used; the rest was cut and pasted and blended 
              in Photoshop.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2007, Craig Kienast, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
My thinking was to photograph this individual while he was doing these activities, 
  and somehow combine all these images together into one super image with all 
  the individual ones. Great idea, right? Man, I thought, I could get paid a fortune 
  for doing this kind of work! The only problem was, I couldn&#39;t figure out 
  how to do it! Make a few small prints and tack them up and copy them? Not quite 
  the elegant image I was going for. Print them on one piece of paper using masking 
  techniques? Possibly, but not an easy task for someone not owning a color lab. 
  Do a &quot;brain shot&quot; like at weddings, where you put the bride&#39;s 
  face in the groom&#39;s head? Yuck! Oh well, nice idea, but just too complicated 
  and time consuming. Time to move on.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;315&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;This 
              shows the 2 images to combine for the final result. &lt;br /&gt;
              © 2007, Steve Bedell, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Fast forward to 2006. Film is fast becoming a memory, and anyone with image-editing 
  software is capable of combining images to create spectacular effects. Of course, 
  the key word here is capable, because the old computer axiom of &quot;Garbage 
  In, Garbage Out&quot; is especially true of today&#39;s digital photographer. 
  But in the hands of a skilled artist/photographer, wonderful things can happen.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;321&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;This 
              is the final image from the studio shot and some weeds blended together. 
              (Model: Bridget Brunet.)&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2007, Steve Bedell, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By combining excellent photography with Photoshop or other software skills, 
  today&#39;s photographers can create multi-image masterpieces that were unthinkable 
  just a few years ago. The most successful ventures usually involve preplanning 
  with the finished image in mind before any photos are taken. Much like a video 
  production, a &quot;storyboard&quot; is often made that lays out approximate 
  images and image placement before photography begins.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&quot;The Hunter&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;289&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;This 
              image was preplanned. The first step was to make sure the gun wasn&#39;t 
              loaded! The two photos were taken then cut and pasted. Some blending 
              was done in Painter also.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2007, Craig Kienast, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&quot;Rose&quot;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;289&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The 
              head of the rose was photographed separately and brought in as the 
              background.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2007, Craig Kienast, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Types Of Multi-Image Portraits&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  To my way of thinking, there are 2 main types of multi-image portraits, those 
  that use several images of the subject and those that combine other random images 
  that are good candidates for adding texture and depth to an image. Those that 
  involve several images of the subject are self-explanatory. Examples of random 
  images to be included with the subject include clouds, flowers, sand, rocks, 
  marble, weeds, grass, etc. With random images, the goal is to enhance the subject 
  or add interest, not compete with the main subject. And remember, with image-editing 
  programs, you can change colors, contrast and opacity at will to find just the 
  look you desire.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;315&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

        &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
          &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
            &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;(Above) 
                Shows the photos used for a combo. (Below) Final image from the 
                outdoor session and a weed shot. (Model: Darci Morrill.)&lt;br /&gt;
                © 2007, Steve Bedell, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
          &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;301&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0907multiimage05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;Technical Considerations&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  My combos were done relatively easy. Once I picked two images I thought would 
  work well together, I made sure they were the same size, such as both at 11x14&quot; 
  at 300dpi. That allowed me to drag one image on top of the other and have it 
  all aligned properly. Before doing that, I ran each image through levels and 
  curves as needed, and even desaturation in both these cases. Once I had the 
  opacity I liked, I simply used the eraser tool at about 14 percent and erased 
  areas I wanted to show through more. Once I had it the way I liked it, which 
  is very subjective, I flattened the image and saved it as a JPEG for printing. 
  I first saved it as a PSD so I could go back to the image in layers and make 
  changes without starting over.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2201913218345799425'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2201913218345799425'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/creative-look-combine-your-images.html' title='Creative Look - Combine Your Images'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-122128878350862012</id><published>2012-04-05T23:39:00.002-07:00</published><updated>2012-04-05T23:39:32.820-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photoshop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>From Color To Black &amp; White In A Few Steps - Plugins</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;color: black;&quot;&gt;One&lt;/span&gt; of the reasons photographic purists usually refer to black and 
white prints as “monochrome” is that it’s a more precise descriptive 
term that also covers images produced in sepia and other tones. There is
 much more to black and white photography than simply an absence of 
color. Maybe we wouldn’t feel this way if the first photographs had been
 made in full color but that didn’t happen. Like many photographers, I 
grew up admiring the works of W. Eugene Smith and other photojournalists
 who photographed people at work, play, or just being themselves, all in
 glorious black and white. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;323&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;324&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2003, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2008, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
One of the advantages of working with monochromatic digital 
photographs is the original image can come from many sources. Some 
digital cameras have Black and White or Sepia modes for capturing images
 directly in monochrome but more often than not they capture these 
photographs in RGB. Yup, it’s a color file without any color! You can 
also capture your images in color, then use any of the software that 
I’ll introduce you to and convert that full color photograph into a 
monochromatic one. As a creative medium, traditionalists may still call 
it “monochrome” while digital imagers may prefer the computerese 
“grayscale,” but, to paraphrase Billy Joel, “It’s still black and white 
to me.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of my favorite ways to convert a color file into monochrome is to 
use Photoshop-compatible plug-ins. You can always use the Black and 
White New Adjustment Layer (Layer&amp;gt;New Adjustment Layer&amp;gt;Black &amp;amp;
 White) in Adobe’s Photoshop and it’s a pretty good tool as far as it 
goes, but this story is about monochrome conversion plug-ins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;323&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;323&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2006, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
    &lt;td style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
      &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
        &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2006, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
      &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Monochrome Conversion&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Nik Software’s (www.niksoftware.com)
 Silver Efex Pro is a Photoshop- and Aperture-compatible plug-in that 
offers emulations of 18 different black and white films from Agfa, Fuji,
 Ilford, and Kodak, along with a grain engine that mimics the 
traditional silver halide process. In the Film Types area on the 
right-hand side of the stunningly designed interface, you’ll also find 
controls for Sensitivity and Tonal Curve, allowing fine-tuning of the 
conversion. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plug-in uses Nik Software’s patented and insanely cool U Point 
technology, borrowed from Nikon’s Capture NX software, that allows 
selective control of an image’s brightness, contrast, and structure, 
adding another level of control. By placing points on specific parts of 
the photo you can control how much of the effect is applied to only 
those areas. When making the final monochrome conversions, Silver Efex 
Pro uses algorithms to protect against creating unwanted artifacts. The 
plug-in costs $199.95, and works with 8- and 16-bit images, RGB, CMYK, 
and LAB color spaces, and is compatible with Photoshop’s Smart Filters 
feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;402&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;You
 can work with Nik Software’s Silver Efex Pro on two levels: You can use
 the one-click presets in the Style Browser (left-hand side) or you can 
manually shift gears by using the controls on the right-hand side. Here 
you’ll find access to control points, color filters, specific film 
responses, and a stylizing menu that lets you tone and vignette. Style 
Browser provides an overview of all of the available styles, with 
thumbnails showing each style’s effect on the image. The interface also 
has a digital loupe, to let you check out specific image details. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2003, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Power Retouche’s (www.powerretouche.com)
 Black &amp;amp; White Studio ($63) includes a pop-up Control menu, giving 
you access to three different interfaces: Film, Print, or Zones. Film 
lets you apply the light sensitivity of specific brands of films 
(Kodak’s Tri-X, T-Max, etc.) as well as types (panchromatic, 
orthochromatic) to make the conversion, or you can create your own 
sensitivity curves and save them for later use. There’s also a 
Perceptual Luminance option in the “Filmtype Presets”
  pop-up menu that does a pretty good job if none of the included Agfa, 
Ilford, or Kodak presets work for you. The Print controls put the 
darkroom back in digital darkroom by offering sliders for Multigrade 
(variable contrast), Exposure, Contrast, and some interesting ones such 
as Saturate Blacks and Black Soft Threshold. Zones may not be a direct 
implementation of Ansel Adams’ Zone System but it’s close enough, 
allowing you to assign three separate Zones to an image and apply 
separate contrast, brightness, and balance to each one. Power Retouche’s
 Black Definition plug-in ($32) makes a wonderful complement to Black 
&amp;amp; White Studio and lets you adjust black as if it were a color 
channel. Before you finish with an image, try Power Retouche’s Toned 
Photos plug-in ($32) to add sepia, van dyck, kallitype, silver gelatin, 
palladium, platinum, cyanotype, light cyanotype, or silver toning using 
presets or its controls to create your own. All three plug-ins work with
 8-, 16-, 48-, and 64-bit RGB, Grayscale, Duotone, or CMYK image files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;423&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Power
 Retouche’s Black &amp;amp; White Studio turns Photoshop into a digital 
darkroom for black and white using the light sensitivity of specific 
films for exact grayscale conversion and contrast editing. Multigrade, 
exposure stops, and color lens filters have been exactly copied in this 
handy digital darkroom tool. &lt;br /&gt;
              © 2005, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Conversion And More…&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Alien Skin Software’s (www.alienskin.com)
 Exposure 2 contains two plug-ins: Black and White Film emulates a dozen
 different film stocks and Color Film not only recreates a film’s 
distinctive look as a more or less one-click operation but manages 
saturation, color temperature, dynamic range, softness, sharpness, and 
grain at the same time. These presets are the starting point and can be 
tweaked to suit a particular photograph or applied to a batch using 
Photoshop Actions. Exposure can add grain to an image’s shadows, mid 
tones, or highlights and models the size, shape, and color of &lt;br /&gt;
real-world grain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plug-in’s presets include high-level contrast and highlight and 
shadow controls that can be applied with just a click. Additional 
features reproduce studio and darkroom effects such as cross-processing,
 split-toning, push processing, and glamour portrait softening. Exposure
 even includes presets for cross-processed Lomo-style image shots with 
your choice of four different manufacturers’ films! In addition to a 
before/after button, the preview window includes an optional split 
preview and combines unlimited undo/redo pan and zoom using 
Photoshop-style keyboard shortcuts. Exposure 2 costs $249.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;285&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Alien
 Skin Software’s Exposure 2 can be operated simply by selecting film 
presets from the Settings tab from what must be the most extensive 
library of film tonalities available anywhere on anybody’s software. 
Even the Kodak HIE infrared film used here has eight subsets, letting 
you add just the right amount of halation. But you would be remiss if 
you did not explore the Color, Tone, Focus, or Grain tabs and use the 
controls to refine the final effect and maybe add a dash of toning. 
Infrared fans should also take note of the separate “IR” tab that can be
 used to tweak your faux infrared shots to produce the most realistic 
emulation available. &lt;br /&gt;
              © 2005, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
While it’s not specifically designed for monochrome conversions, Imagenomic’s (www.imagenomic.com)
 RealGrain Photoshop-compatible plug-in lets you perform conversions, 
but it does a lot more. This $99.95 Mac OS and Windows software offers 
methods for simulating grain pattern, color, and the tonal response of 
different kinds of black and white films to produce film-like image 
effects. RealGrain also simulates traditional toning effects such as 
sepia, platinum, and others, plus split-toning. The plug-in 
automatically adjusts grain size based on the image file’s physical 
dimensions and dynamically renders accurate color or black and white 
film grain patterns for varying file sizes. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;392&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome08.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Imagenomic’s
 RealGrain plug-in features versatile methods for simulating the grain 
patterns, colors, and tonal responses of different black and white or 
color (you can ignore that part, if you like) film types and lets you 
produce a truly film-like effect. For this portrait I applied the 
Fujifilm Neopan 100 Acros preset, which is just one of the 20 film types
 from Fuji, Kodak, and Ilford that are available. Sorry, Agfa fans.&lt;br /&gt;
              © 2008, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
RealGrain has a library for many color and monochrome films and lets 
you fine-tune hue, saturation, and brightness, as well as use master 
saturation and hue sliders to manipulate saturation and hue levels for 
all color ranges. You can also control color toning for shadows and 
highlights, as well as for single tonal effects or to adjust the tint in
 color images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PixelGenius’ (www.pixelgenius.com)
 PhotoKit ($49.95) shows up in Photoshop’s File&amp;gt;Automate menu tree 
and is a photographer’s tool kit that includes 141 effects, offering 
digital versions of traditional analog photographic effects. These range
 from burning and dodging to digital toning to adding black edges to 
your images. The Color to B&amp;amp;W Set doesn’t just convert to grayscale 
but mimics the effect of shooting with a color contrast filter on your 
lens. Each effect has a full and one-half option and you can run it 
several times, applying it by using layer masks. Tip: Remember to turn 
off (click the eyeball icon) before running it again. &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;248&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome09.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

      &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

            &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The
 minimalist interface of PixelGenius’ PhotoKit belies the power that 
hides behind the two pop-up menus. The first lets you select which set 
(B&amp;amp;W Toning, Burn Tone, Color Balance, Convert to B&amp;amp;W, Dodge 
Tone, Photo Effects, and Tone Correction) while the second lets you pick
 a specific effect within that set. PhotoKit is optimized for images 
between 8-18MB and is useful on larger sizes, but some of the effects 
don’t translate to smaller web-sized files.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
The B&amp;amp;W Toning Set includes nine different toning effects that 
are applied to a new layer. The tones themselves vary from merely great 
to amazing, as is the case with the Platinum Tone effect. A simple 
dialog calls up the PhotoKit tool sets, but there is no real plug-in 
interface, no sliders, and no preview window. The process may be 
off-putting at first but you’ll get used to it as you begin to love what
 PhotoKit does for your images.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  onOne Software’s (www.ononesoftware.com)
 PhotoTools 1 and PhotoTools 1 Professional are a collection of effects 
accessible through a single interface that provides a wide range of 
effects, corrections, and automation. The Standard and Professional 
Editions reproduce camera filters like neutral density, color 
correction, polarization, as well as darkroom and alternative processes 
like solarization, cyanotype, and palladium printing. PhotoTools 
Professional includes 10 presets for monochrome conversions but lets you
 stack effects on top of one another and control the order of each 
effect and how they blend together. The entire package includes 150 
different effects that can be applied to color or monochrome images, 
which mean the combinations and permutations possible are almost 
infinite when one or more effects are combined and layered. &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;318&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome10.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

      &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

            &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;onOne
 Software’s PhotoTools 1 Professional includes 10 presets for monochrome
 conversions but lets you stack effects on top of one another and 
control the order of each effect and how they blend together, allowing 
you to produce thousands of possible black and white effects.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
              &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2006, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Once you’ve created an effect, you can use PhotoTools’ 
batch-processing engine to apply that particular look to a folder of 
images and process the files using multiple output formats with 
different sizes, color spaces, and names. PhotoTools Professional is 
$259.95 and the Standard Edition is $159.95, and both accomplish much, 
much more than monochrome conversions. Author’s Note: onOne Software 
recently announced PhotoTools 2 Professional and Standard Editions that 
feature an expanded range of effects and an improved user interface, 
including a new effects library and additional new features. When it’s 
available, I’ll cover it in my Digital Innovations column.&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;438&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome11.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

      &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

            &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Nik
 Software’s Color Efex Pro package combines B/W Conversion, B/W 
Conversion Dynamic Contrast, and B/W Conversion Tonal Enhancer into a 
single interface. You can use this filter to transform a color image 
into a black and white version, with control over the shadows, 
highlights, and relationships among the original colors and each method 
simulates the placement of a traditional black and white color filter in
 front of the lens.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2006, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Nik Software also offers a family of monochrome conversion plug-ins 
as part of the Nik Color Efex Pro 3.0 package, which is kind of an 
oxymoron when you think about it. Among the more than 30 special effect 
filters in the Full Monty version, you’ll find a B/W Conversion plug-in 
that transforms a color image into black and white, offering control 
over highlights, shadows, and the relationship of the original colors by
 using sliders to adjust color spectrum, brightness, and contrast. Nik’s
 B/W Conversion Tonal Enhancer filter provides specialized contrast 
control, allowing you to increase detail in the image file that 
simulates the traditional black and white darkroom technique of using 
contrast control filters when printing. Nik’s B/W Conversion Dynamic 
Contrast filter has a unique Contrast Enhancer adjustment that creates 
an exaggerated dynamic range. The three filters share the same basic 
interface and access to each one is through a pop-up menu in the upper 
right-hand corner. Nik Software’s Color Efex Pro 3.0 filters are 
available in three filter collections, including Standard ($99.95), 
Select ($159.95), and Complete ($299.95). The B/W Conversion filters are
 included in the Select and Complete Editions.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  PictoColor (www.pictocolor.com)
 has always been known for its affordable and easy-to-use color 
correction tools and iCorrect OneClick 1.5 not only works great but is a
 useful tool for converting color images into black and white or sepia 
tones. The iCorrect OneClick 1.5 is basically a color correction plug-in
 that automatically corrects white balance, exposure, and saturation. By
 clicking on any neutral color (black, white, or gray) in the image 
preview, you automatically correct the white balance, remove color cast,
 and correct tonal range. You can even fine-tune the exposure and 
recover extra detail by adjusting overall brightness a.k.a. luminance, 
shadows, and highlights or create more vivid-looking photos by boosting 
contrast and saturation. It’s available for Mac OS and Windows computers
 and costs less than $50. &lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;311&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome12.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

      &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

            &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;PictoColor’s
 iCorrect OneClick 1.5 is a color correction plug-in that automatically 
corrects white balance, exposure, and saturation, but is also a useful 
tool for converting color images into black and white or sepia-toned 
photographs.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2007, Joe Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Curiously or not, depending on your plug-in IQ, Adobe Camera Raw, is a
 plug-in. Long part of both Adobe’s Photoshop and Photoshop Elements, 
the latest version of the plug-in also opens JPEG and TIFF files and the
 HSL/Grayscale tab includes a “Convert to Grayscale” checkbox for 
monochrome conversion. So when making decisions about which monochrome 
plug-in to use, don’t overlook one that you may already own.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  All of the plug-ins that appear in this story are products that I use 
daily or have tested with Adobe’s Photoshop CS3 so I can attest to their
 functionality and usability. A list of CS4-compatible plug-ins can be 
found on Adobe’s website (www.adobe.com/products/plugins/photoshop).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;272&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0209monochrome13.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

      &lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;

            &lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Adobe
 Camera Raw, part of both Photoshop and Elements, and capable of reading
 TIFF and JPEG as well as raw files, contains a monochrome conversion 
feature that may not be as extensive as some of the other plug-ins but 
does a good job, as can be seen in these side-by-side screen shots.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
                    &lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;© 2008, Mary Farace, All Rights Reserved&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;A Plug-In Primer&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  Plug-ins are software but they are not applications and must cling, 
remora-like, to a host application like Photoshop in order to survive. 
Clouding the digital waters is the fact that some of these products are 
available as a plug-in and an application, but a plug-in doesn’t have to
 be an application. Life was never simple in the chemical-based 
traditional darkroom and it isn’t for the digital darkroom either. 
Curious readers should pick up a copy of my long out-of-print book 
Plug-in Smart to read about the imaging plug-in’s origins in a Forward 
written by Ed Bomke, the programmer who created the very first plug-in 
for a program called, interestingly enough, Digital Darkroom.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  Although Adobe defined the standard, you don’t need Photoshop to use 
plug-ins. Fully compatible plug-ins can be used with other image-editing
 programs, including Ulead Systems’ PhotoImpact and Corel’s Painter, 
PHOTO-PAINT, and Paint Shop Pro. But not all plug-ins work with 
Photoshop Elements and some monochrome conversion plug-ins, such as 
Exposure, are not compatible with Apple’s Aperture. Some companies offer
 Aperture-compatible plug-ins but they must be specifically designed to 
work with the program. Nik Software recently announced its Complete 
Collection for Aperture, bringing all of the company’s digital imaging 
plug-ins, including Silver Efex Pro (featured later), to Apple’s 
photo-editing and management software. The bundle costs $299.95, making 
it a bargain for Aperture users. &lt;br /&gt;

Companies have extended their technology to work with Lightroom, but 
its plug-in architecture is dissimilar to Photoshop. Adobe 
differentiates between plug-ins and external editors, and Lightroom 2 
has the ability to define as many external editors as you want. 
According to Adobe, “onOne (Software) has offered editors for Lightroom 
as well as PictureCode’s Noise Ninja and the lens correction tool 
(ePaperPress’) PTLens.” onOne’s PhotoFrame works with Lightroom and by 
the time you read this so will Genuine Fractals, FocalPoint, and 
PhotoTools. Imagenomic’s Portraiture 2 with Lightroom via free 
automation techniques should be available by the time you read this.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  The bottom line, according to Adobe, is that “image-processing 
plug-ins are best utilized through Photoshop…using Smart Objects to 
maintain access to the raw or nondestructive workflow.” When working 
with any of the plug-ins mentioned here it’s important to remember one 
of Farace’s Laws of Digital Imaging, that monochrome conversion, like 
all effects, is subject dependent. One effect may look great for 
portraits while another may work best with landscapes, so you may need 
more than one plug-in. Many, if not all, of the plug-ins are available 
in trial or demo versions, so be sure to visit the companies’ websites 
and download any that interest you.</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/122128878350862012'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/122128878350862012'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/04/from-color-to-black-white-in-few-steps.html' title='From Color To Black &amp; White In A Few Steps - Plugins'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-303550653549700713</id><published>2012-03-14T06:29:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-03-19T08:53:38.675-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Depth of Field - 4our Tips</title><content type='html'>When you focus your camera&#39;s lens on a subject, the point focused upon 
  is sharp. Objects in the scene closer or farther than that point appear progressively 
  less sharp as their distance from the focused point increases. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depth of field refers to the area in front of and beyond the point focused upon 
  in which things appear acceptably sharp in a photograph. Depth of field is really 
  an illusion: Again, the point focused upon is sharp; everything in the scene 
  closer to or farther from the camera is less sharp. Depth of field is based 
  on the fact that our eyes can&#39;t differentiate between dead-on sharp and 
  almost-sharp until the lack of sharpness reaches a certain degree. Within depth-of-field 
  limits, objects in the photo will appear sufficiently sharp at normal viewing 
  distances for the print size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depth of field affects every photograph. So it&#39;s a good idea to put it 
  to work for you, rather than just leave it to chance. You have three controls 
  over depth of field: aperture, focal length, and focusing distance. Smaller 
  apertures increase depth of field, while larger apertures decrease it. Shorter 
  focal lengths increase depth of field, while longer focal lengths decrease it. 
  And greater focusing distances increase depth of field, while shorter focusing 
  distances decrease it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;333&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni1.jpg&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 250px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Shooting 
                at the lens&#39; smaller apertures provides greater depth of 
                field, handy when you have important subjects in the scene at 
                different distances from the camera&lt;br /&gt;
                Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1. Great Depth of Field&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Great depth of field is handy when you have several important subjects in a 
  scene, each at a different distance from the camera. It&#39;s also useful 
  when you want to get an entire three-dimensional subject sharp, rather than 
  just a portion of it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To produce the needed depth of field, the best strategy is to stop the lens 
  down. You can also increase depth of field by using a shorter lens focal length, 
  but this will also change the framing of the image. And you can increase depth 
  of field by moving farther from the subject, but this will also change the framing 
  and the perspective. So the best way to increase depth of field generally is 
  to stop the lens down. Note that stopping the lens down will reduce the light 
  transmitted by the lens, and thus require longer exposure times in a given light 
  level. If shutter speeds get too slow, it&#39;s a good idea to mount the camera 
  on a tripod, or use flash. (A good rule of thumb for when to put the camera 
  on a tripod is when shutter speeds drop below the reciprocal of the focal length 
  of the lens: For example, with a 200mm lens, use a tripod when shutter speeds 
  drop below 1¼200.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;327&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni2.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Consumer 
                digicams rarely stop down beyond f/8, but still provide great 
                depth of field because of the short true focal lengths of their 
                lenses, and their tiny aperture diameters. While the lens on the 
                Pentax Optio 750Z used for this shot is equivalent to 37.5-187.5mm 
                on a 35mm camera, the actual focal-length range of the lens is 
                7.8--39mm. Thus, the f/5.6 aperture used to make this shot 
                at the wide setting is only 1.4mm in diameter (7.8mm/5.6): very 
                small. (If this lens stopped down to f/16, the aperture diameter 
                would be just 0.49mm, and diffraction would be a problem.)&lt;br /&gt;
                Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2. Selective Focus&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
While we&#39;re more often concerned with increasing depth of field, limiting 
  it can also be effective. If you must shoot against a distracting background 
  (i.e., you can&#39;t move the camera or the subject), you can minimize depth 
  of field by shooting with the lens wide open, and thus throw the distracting 
  background so far out of focus that it ceases to be a distraction. Macro photographers 
  often take advantage of extremely limited depth of field at very close focusing 
  distance to concentrate the viewer&#39;s attention on a specific portion of 
  a flower or insect or other small subject, focusing carefully on that area and 
  letting all else go completely out of focus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt;
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni3.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni4.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Top:&lt;/b&gt; 
                Minimizing depth of field by shooting with the lens wide open 
                can throw a distracting background so far out of focus that it 
                is no longer distracting. This is especially effective at close 
                focusing distances, which also reduce depth of field. Photo by 
                Mike Stensvold&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Above:&lt;/b&gt; 
                Don&#39;t arbitrarily shoot all your photos with the lens either 
                wide open or stopped all the way down. There are times when an 
                intermediate aperture will produce the effect you want, as in 
                this photo. Other times, a fast or slow shutter speed will be 
                more important than a specific amount of depth of field. Consider 
                what you need to produce the image you want, then set your camera 
                accordingly.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Depth-of-Field Tips&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Small apertures provide more depth of field, wide apertures less &lt;br /&gt;
2. Shorter focal lengths provide more depth of field, longer focal lengths less 
  &lt;br /&gt;
3. Greater shooting distances provide more depth of field, shorter distances 
  less&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;3. Depth-of-Field Preview&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some SLR cameras have a depth-of-field preview, which lets you see in the finder 
  just how much depth of field you have. The automatic lens diaphragms in today&#39;s 
  lenses stay wide open for easy composing and manual focusing until you press 
  the shutter button to make the exposure. The depth-of-field preview stops the 
  lens down to the selected aperture. This, of course, makes the viewfinder image 
  darker. In dim light, you won&#39;t be able to see much of anything at smaller 
  apertures, so the depth-of-field preview is mainly a bright-light aid. But it 
  can be very handy when depth of field is a concern and the light level is sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;319&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni5.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Some 
                SLR cameras feature a handy depth-of-field preview button, which 
                stops the lens down to the selected aperture so you can see in 
                the viewfinder just how much depth of field you have.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;4. Hyperfocal Distance&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can maximize depth of field for any lens aperture by focusing at the lens&#39; 
  hyperfocal distance for that aperture. This is easily done with lenses that 
  have a depth-of-field scale: Just set the focusing ring&#39;s infinity mark 
  opposite the selected aperture mark on the depth-of-field scale. Depth of field 
  will then run from half the focused distance to infinity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;289&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni6.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;289&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205lessoni7.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Top:&lt;/b&gt; 
                Many manual-focus lenses, and some autofocus lenses, have a depth-of-field 
                scale. This gives you at a glance a good idea of how much depth 
                of field you&#39;ll have at a given aperture and focusing distance. 
                This lens is focused at infinity, with the aperture set at f/8; 
                depth of field at these settings runs from 10 meters (about 30 
                feet) to infinity.&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;b&gt;Above: 
                &lt;/b&gt;You can maximize depth of field for a given aperture 
                by focusing the lens at its hyperfocal distance: Set the focusing 
                ring&#39;s infinity mark opposite the selected aperture mark 
                on the depth-of-field scale (f/8 in this example). Depth of field 
                will then run from half the focused distance to infinity (5 meters 
                to infinity here, with the lens set at f/8 and focused at 10 meters).&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #444444;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/303550653549700713'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/303550653549700713'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/03/depth-of-field-4our-tips.html' title='Depth of Field - 4our Tips'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-7637279511509280330</id><published>2012-03-14T06:28:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2012-03-30T11:14:32.754-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Compositions Simplified</title><content type='html'>Good photographs needn&#39;t be complicated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can often make better pictures by thinking &quot;simple.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of trying to get as much as possible into the shot, try to include as 
  little as possible. Ideally, you should include everything that adds to the 
  picture, and nothing else. But that&#39;s a tall order for those new to photography 
  (and for a few &quot;old hands.&quot;). Thinking &quot;simple&quot; will 
  help you learn to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you include too much in the picture, the result is confusing. It gives the 
  viewer too much to think about. He or she probably won&#39;t even be able 
  to figure out where to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple composition, on the other hand, allows the viewer to take it in quickly 
  and effortlessly. Then his or her mind can find a starting point for his or 
  her own &quot;tour&quot; of the picture, for their own questions: In the case 
  of the bench photo on the next page, Why is this bench empty? Who is the bench 
  for? What country is this? The viewer&#39;s adventure begins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;291&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205simplifyi01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Negative 
                space helps keep compositions simple, directing the viewer&#39;s 
                attention to the subject--and providing room for heads and 
                body copy in shots for feature articles.&lt;br /&gt;
                Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
The photographer came across a weathered bench in front of a building with 
  some shuttered windows. And that&#39;s just what he shows the viewer. He didn&#39;t 
  try to include the whole building, or its surroundings. He simplified the photo 
  by including only the bench and two shuttered windows. (He made this photo with 
  an Advanced Photo System point-and-shoot camera, by the way--you don&#39;t 
  need fancy gear to get good shots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The photographer also composed with the bench to one side. Why? Because the 
  shot &quot;felt&quot; right composed that way. He could have done a symmetrical 
  composition, with the bench centered in the frame, and that might have worked, 
  too, depending on what was to the left of the bench. Perhaps there were distracting 
  elements just out of frame to the left. The shot works wonderfully well composed 
  just as it is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maybe there was a color just out of frame that didn&#39;t &quot;fit.&quot; 
  The colors in the photo work very well together. The colors and the composition 
  give the shot a painterly effect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motion pictures are based on the fact that the moviegoer sees only what was 
  included by the director and cinematographer. Everything outside the frame is 
  irrelevant. In fact, if you saw what was just outside the frame in most movie 
  scenes, it would take the magic away. You&#39;d see reflectors and scrims 
  and cue cards and lights and equipment.... &lt;br /&gt;
One way to keep a composition simple is to use negative space. Negative space 
  is the portion of the composition not occupied by the subject, and as a photographer, 
  you ought to think about it when you shoot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;248&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205simplifyi02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The 
                photographer was inspired to make this shot because he liked the 
                bench and two shuttered windows. So that&#39;s just what he 
                shows the viewer. By simplifyng the scene to these few elements, 
                the photographer makes things easy for the viewer of the image.&lt;br /&gt;
                Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Most photographers tend to over-concentrate on their subject, to the detriment 
  of the rest of the image. When composing your images, consider first the subject&#39;s 
  location in the frame. Then, examine the rest of the image area. Do the other 
  elements in the picture add to it or detract from it? Are there distracting 
  elements in the background? Perhaps moving the camera right or left (or up or 
  down) will give you a better background. (You can throw distracting background 
  elements out of focus by shooting with the lens set to its largest aperture, 
  but it&#39;s better to eliminate the distracting elements from the background 
  if possible.) When shooting action subjects, check the background area before 
  the subjects arrives, and move to a better camera position if necessary to avoid 
  background clutter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The photo of the white bird has lots of negative space to the right of the subject. 
  This photo could be run large over a spread in a magazine, since it provides 
  lots of room for a head, subhead and body copy (text). When you shoot photos 
  for publication, sometimes it&#39;s a good idea to provide some negative space 
  for the art director to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject is composed to one side of the image, it&#39;s generally 
  best if it faces into the photo, to draw the viewer&#39;s eye into the picture 
  rather than out of it. Of course, if this Great Egret were facing the other 
  way (or if the camera had been aimed slightly to the left, so the bird occupied 
  the right half of the image area), besides drawing the viewer&#39;s eye out 
  of the picture, it could be construed as an editorial statement that the subject 
  is not interested in (or feels contempt for) the text information inserted into 
  the negative area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;nbsp;Another consideration with off-center subjects is autofocusing. If the subject 
  is located out of the camera&#39;s AF target area, the camera will focus on 
  the background rather than on the subject. Some AF SLRs have wide AF areas that 
  can handle off-center subjects (the viewfinder&#39;s AF target will show you 
  the camera&#39;s AF area). If yours has only a small central AF area, aim 
  it at the subject, lock the focus (generally, by holding the shutter button 
  halfway down), then recompose the image as desired and shoot.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s a good idea to try composing the subject somewhere besides dead-center 
  in the frame--sometimes dead-center is most effective, sometimes off-center 
  is better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;339&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0205simplifyi03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;225&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 225px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;The 
                red car adds a touch of color and interest to this otherwise monochromatic 
                scene of a road in Washington&#39;s Olympic National Park during 
                a wintry storm.&lt;br /&gt;
                Photo by Lynne Eodice&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Yet another way to simplify your compositions is to use just a touch of color. 
  Although lighting and composition are perhaps the most important aspects of 
  photography, color can play a very important role in some images. Learning to 
  emphasize color is largely a matter of training your eye to recognize situations 
  in which color stands out--whether it&#39;s selecting one color to predominate 
  a scene, or by choosing particular colors and minimizing others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When choosing a color, consider its psychological impact in your image. Perhaps 
  more than any other design element, color can determine the mood of your photo. 
  Generally, red, orange, and yellow are considered warm and exciting. Passion, 
  heat and love are some of the moods that warm colors evoke. Warm colors stand 
  out in a photo. On the other hand, colors on the other end of the spectrum--such 
  as green, blue and lavender--are thought to be cool, peaceful and serene. 
  These colors tend to recede. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some pictures have impact because of the contrast between a colorful detail 
  and a muted background; all you need is a splash of a very bright color or two. 
  You can challenge yourself with a creative self-assignment by looking for scenes 
  where you can isolate dramatic color against a neutral background. In the case 
  of the photo on this page, the photographer used her red car as a touch of color 
  in this monochromatic, wintry road scene in Washington&#39;s Olympic National 
  Park. The eye is drawn to the bright car even though the leading lines that 
  the road creates would normally lead your eye through the picture. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When working with color, don&#39;t be indiscriminate and assume that pretty 
  color alone will carry the photograph. Wonderful colors are no substitute for 
  good composition. So don&#39;t get so carried away with an interesting scene 
  before you that you forget to pay attention to composing that great shot. Our 
  eye tends to weed out distracting elements--the camera lens, on the other 
  hand, is not as selective on its own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Often, the key to a successful color photo is how you frame the image. Use a 
  moderate wide-angle lens (in the 28--35mm range) to reveal the contrast 
  between the background and the color you want to spotlight. Use a telephoto 
  lens (perhaps 100mm) to isolate this color, or to minimize the background. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zoom in on some bright patterns on a piece of clothing, or shoot a yellow umbrella 
  on a gray, rainy day. Creative options are everywhere--you&#39;re limited 
  only by your imagination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In a nutshell, you are the director and the cinematographer of your photos. 
  You decide what the viewer will see. Don&#39;t include too much, and thus 
  take away the magic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #444444;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/7637279511509280330'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/7637279511509280330'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/03/compositions-simplified.html' title='Compositions Simplified'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-8292731474122901640</id><published>2012-03-14T06:18:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-03-14T06:27:41.750-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Striking Sunsets- 5ive Tips</title><content type='html'>The word photography literally means &quot;painting with light.&quot; Thus, 
  twilight is one of the best times to take pictures, as the light at that time 
  is magical. You can capture colorful clouds at sunset time, silhouetted objects 
  against a colorful sky, or the sparkling lights of a city at dusk. Even though 
  you&#39;ll need to go to a little extra effort to obtain great results, it&#39;s 
  worth doing this to successfully capture one of nature&#39;s grandest spectacles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Camera Support&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Because you&#39;ll be working under dim lighting conditions, you should invest 
  in a good tripod or monopod. Some manufacturers have even created small beanbags 
  to steady lightweight point-and-shoot cameras. There are also times when you 
  can brace your camera against a rock or on top of a fence. In any case, avoid 
  the blurred images that occur when using a slower shutter speed while hand holding 
  your camera. Lacking a camera support, use fast film in the 400--1600 range, 
  or use an equivalent ISO setting on a digital camera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;307&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1105backi01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Sue Copeland, Cupertino, CA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Look For Silhouettes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s always a good idea to scout a location in advance for subjects suitable 
  for silhouettes. Look for simple, recognizable shapes, such as trees, mountains, 
  or even a structure on a beach. It&#39;s also important that your subject 
  be surrounded by the brightly colored sky. A fisherman on the beach at sunset 
  is an identifiable shape, but fishing boats lined up too closely in a row may 
  merge into a dark cluster. Any subject that you position in the foreground of 
  a sunset sky will be silhouetted unless you use flash to illuminate it. The 
  dark blue sky after sundown on a clear day, or the pink and orange clouds after 
  sunset on a cloudy one, make great backdrops for silhouettes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;285&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1105backi02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by SHerrill Lynch, Countryside, IL&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;Use A Long Lens To Capture A Big Sun &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can render the setting sun as a large solar disk by using a long lens. Use 
  the telephoto setting on your camera&#39;s built-in zoom lens, or use a long 
  lens in the 100--500mm range if using an SLR with interchangeable lenses. 
  Be careful to keep the sun out of the frame while you meter the sky at sunset. 
  To meter correctly, focus on an area of the bright sky to the left or right 
  of the sun itself, partially depress the shutter button to lock in the exposure, 
  and then recompose your photo to place the sun where you want it. Haze and clouds 
  enhance sunsets by diffusing the light and adding color. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;288&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1105backi03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Sharon Lacy, Williamsburg, OH&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;City Lights&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To photograph a cityscape after sunset, find a good vantage point during the 
  daytime and return later to capture the best light. Start shooting and watch 
  how the light changes as the sky gets darker and the lights in buildings become 
  more visible. It&#39;s a good idea to take lots of pictures, because there 
  will be a point when the light in the sky and the city lights are more evenly 
  balanced, and you&#39;ll get detail in both. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look for other subjects that provide dramatic night lights, such as amusement 
  parks, neon signs, bridges, monuments and statues. You&#39;ll get the best 
  results by shooting before the sky gets totally dark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;243&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1105backi04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;right&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Reader 
                photo by Randy Finch, Florence, AL&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Five Tips In Brief &lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
· Use a camera support for optimum sharpness.&lt;br /&gt;
· Find simple objects to render as silhouettes.&lt;br /&gt;
· Use a telephoto lens for a large sun.&lt;br /&gt;
· Photograph city lights at dusk.&lt;br /&gt;
· Shoot lots of pictures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #444444;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/8292731474122901640'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/8292731474122901640'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/03/striking-sunsets-5ive-tips.html' title='Striking Sunsets- 5ive Tips'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-3139954252305763878</id><published>2012-03-14T06:15:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2012-03-14T06:34:11.872-07:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Tips for Photographing Mountains</title><content type='html'>Anyone who loves shooting scenics probably enjoys capturing the grandeur of 
  mountains. As with most landscapes, it&#39;s best to photograph mountain scenery 
  very late in the afternoon or very early in the morning. Some of the best high-country 
  photos are shot by photographers who get up before daybreak or stop shooting 
  only after dark. You&#39;ll find that an otherwise dramatic peak can look 
  a little flat and uninteresting during the middle of the day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;180&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0105pointi01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;A 
                panoramic view of a mountain range in Glacier National Park, Montana.&lt;br /&gt;
                Reader photo by Mario Giannone, Buffalo Grove, IL &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
The low light at dusk and dawn lends texture, depth and form to photos of 
  mountains. You can also get great shots in varying weather conditions--don&#39;t 
  put your camera away simply because the weather has turned cloudy. Don&#39;t 
  go out in a blizzard or heavy rain, but look for dramatic clouds building before 
  a storm, or the sun peeking through clouds afterward. You can also get some 
  dramatic pictures of mountain peaks disappearing into clouds or fog.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At high altitudes, a phenomenon sometimes occurs called alpenglow. This warm 
  glow appears when blue and green wavelengths are scattered by the atmosphere 
  and a little red light dominates, which briefly bathes a mountain in warm, reddish 
  hues. Alpenglow can illuminate the clouds around mountains as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;324&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0105pointi02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;Jagged 
                red-rock formations at Bryce National Park, Utah.&lt;br /&gt;
                Reader photo by Leonard Rapoport, Hazlet, NJ &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;High altitudes can also result in a lot of atmospheric haze because of the 
  excessive ultraviolet light. Sometimes this haze can be rendered attractively 
  in photos, such as images of mountains that graduate from a deep purple to distant 
  peaks that appear to become progressively paler shades of blue. But if haze 
  becomes a problem, try using a polarizing filter. If you have a compact camera, 
  you may not be able to attach this filter to the front lens element, but you 
  can hold it in front of your lens and rotate it to get the desired effect. A 
  polarizer will deepen the color of the sky, minimize haze, and generally enrich 
  the colors in a scene. This filter is most effective when the sun is at a right 
  angle to your camera. At very high altitudes, the sky can appear almost black 
  when you use a maximum amount of polarization, so adjust the amount by turning 
  the outer ring, and experiment by taking pictures with and without this filter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;294&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0105pointi03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Including 
                people will add interest and scale to your mountain photos.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Cheryl Gosson, Ottawa, Canada &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
How many times have you traveled to a beautiful spot to photograph mountains, 
  only to find that the majesty of the mountains has disappeared somewhere in 
  the translation to film or a memory card? Sometimes shooting a picturesque scene 
  of a snow-covered peak is not enough. Look for a visual clue that reveals the 
  true magnitude of the scene around you. Showing scale can really add interest 
  to your photos of mountain peaks and ranges. One way to do this is to set your 
  camera&#39;s zoom lens to a wide-angle setting in the 24--35mm range, 
  and include a foreground subject, like a group of flowers or a hiker. If you 
  have a zoom lens, adjust it until you get a pleasing effect; sometimes wide-angle 
  shots make distant mountains appear to be diminished rather than tall and grand. 
  If you have a compact camera with a fixed-focal-length lens, you&#39;ll have 
  to move around to find the angle and distance that work best for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;347&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0105pointi04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;A 
                full moon over peaks near Mount Whitney, California.&lt;br /&gt;
                Reader photo by Jeff Pedigo, San Francisco, CA&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
To make the mountains appear more grandiose, adjust your lens to a moderate 
  telephoto setting, and find a middle-ground subject for scale, like a building 
  or grouping of pine trees. Telephoto lenses used at a great distance compress 
  the space in your photos and the apparent size of the mountains will be enhanced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Last but not least, always protect your camera equipment when your mountain 
  excursions take you to snow or other inclement weather. Put your camera in a 
  plastic bag or a warm, dry backpack and bring it out only to take pictures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;323&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0105pointi05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;This image of Mount Shasta, California, was taken from the cockpit 
                of a plane this photographer was piloting.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Robert Wilbourn, Desoto, TX&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Readers are encouraged to submit photos to our monthly Point &amp;amp; Shoot HomeWork 
  Assignment feature. Please see the table of contents for the location of the 
  entry coupon, which lists topics and more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span class=&quot;articlecontinues&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #444444;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/3139954252305763878'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/3139954252305763878'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/03/tips-for-photographing-mountains.html' title='Tips for Photographing Mountains'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-6213950467451743968</id><published>2012-01-16T03:33:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:44:25.429-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Morning Photography Tips - 6ix</title><content type='html'>Morning conjures up thoughts of beautiful sunrises, the start of a new day, 
  and perhaps brewing a cup of coffee while reading the newspaper. Photographers 
  enjoy shooting early in the morning (and late in the day) for dramatic light. 
  When shooting outdoors, the light is especially beautiful during the half-hour 
  or so after sunrise. These early-morning hours can provide great lighting as 
  well as the opportunity to photograph scenes before the crowds arrive. Additionally, 
  industrial pollutants haven&#39;t had a chance to settle in, making scenes 
  even clearer than at dusk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;315&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0505backi01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;The color of light changes throughout the day, and has a warm 
                cast early in the morning.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Charlene Samsel, Nescopeck, PA &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1. Color Of Light&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Our eyes adjust to the changing color that sunlight provides throughout the 
  day. Nonetheless, film and digital sensors record the color of light the way 
  they&#39;re designed to see it. In the morning, the colors can range from 
  a yellowish to rosy orange at sunrise. A neutral mix of colors occurs from mid-morning 
  on a clear day, although shady areas will be tinged with blue. It&#39;s important 
  to recognize the changing color of light in order to compensate for it with 
  film, or with your digital camera&#39;s white-balance setting. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;331&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0505backi02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;When shooting near dawn, you may want to bracket exposures to 
                ensure good results.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Marie LaPlante, Springfield, VT &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2. Use Silhouettes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;re photographing a sunrise, try to utilize an interesting foreground 
  element against a colorful sky. A sky with beautiful oranges and reds can often 
  be striking alone, but a foreground element can take your photos a step further 
  by adding a center of interest and revealing something of your location. At 
  dawn and dusk, a foreground subject will usually be rendered as a silhouette, 
  so look for simple and easily recognizable shapes. A single person jogging on 
  a road early in the morning, for example, may be a good subject for a silhouette.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;267&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0505backi03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;At sunrise, foreground subjects will be rendered as silhouettes.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by John Matthews, Harrogate, TN &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;3. Metering&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When shooting at sunrise, you&#39;ll find that several exposures will yield 
  good results. Be careful to keep the sun out of the frame while you meter the 
  light. Aim the lens at a bright area of sky just to the left or right of the 
  sun itself. Hold the shutter button down halfway to lock in the exposure and 
  then recompose your shot to include the sun if you want to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;4. &lt;/b&gt;&lt;b&gt;Correcting Color Imbalances&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most film is balanced to give natural-looking results when used with daylight 
  or flash illumination. Under incandescent illumination, daylight-balanced film 
  (or a daylight white-balance setting) will record the orange bias of the light. 
  If you photograph under incandescent lighting conditions, you can correct for 
  this color imbalance by using a film balanced for tungsten light or set your 
  camera&#39;s white balance to the tungsten setting. (If you don&#39;t have 
  this particular setting on your digital camera, the auto-white balance will 
  suffice in most cases.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;281&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0505backi04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;The rosy tones of sunrise can be effective in establishing mood 
                in your photos.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Margaret Hildreth, Pensacola, FL &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
The warm amber or rosy tones of sunrise are effective in establishing a mood, 
  but sometimes close-ups of people in this light may result in skin tones being 
  excessively warm. There are times, however, when you&#39;ll want to use early-morning 
  light to give a little warmth and intimacy when photographing a person. Sometimes 
  it&#39;s just a matter of personal preference. Tungsten film--or a digital 
  camera&#39;s tungsten white-balance setting--will work to correct the 
  light in this case. A little flash fill when photographing portraits will correct 
  a too-warm balance altogether. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;5. Say &quot;Morning&quot; In Your Photos&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You don&#39;t have to restrict your images to capturing the perfect sunrise. 
  When taking pictures at dawn or during the morning hours, try to look for elements 
  that spell out &quot;a.m.&quot; A cup of coffee on the counter, children going 
  to school while adults leave for work, or a foggy scene can distinguish a morning 
  photo from one taken late in the day. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;299&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0505backi05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Look for symbols that spell out &quot;a.m.,&quot; such as the 
                morning coffee mug.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
                Reader photo by Jody Ward, Pleasanton, CA&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;6. Quick Tip&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Use tungsten film, or your digital camera&#39;s tungsten white-balance setting, 
  to correct color imbalances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6213950467451743968'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6213950467451743968'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/morning-photography-tips-6ix.html' title='Morning Photography Tips - 6ix'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-7542482567703860624</id><published>2012-01-16T03:30:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:45:21.705-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Tips For Shadows In Your Clicks - 5ive</title><content type='html'>Photography is all about light. But wherever there&#39;s light, there are 
  shadows lurking nearby. And therein lie some great photo ops.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Exposing Shadows&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Contrasty shadow scenes can fool reflected light meters, such as those built 
  into cameras. A spot meter enables you to meter the most important highlight 
  area, and determine an exposure that will give detail there (try two stops more 
  exposure than the highlight reading calls for). It&#39;s generally fine to 
  let the shadows go black; if you want detail there, too, you&#39;ll probably 
  need to use the Zone System--or Photoshop&#39;s Shadow/ Highlight feature. 
  With the multi-segment meters built into today&#39;s SLRs, you&#39;ll have 
  to experiment to see how your specific camera handles shadow scenes--with 
  some scenes, multi-segment meters work very well, with others they don&#39;t. 
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#39;s a good idea to bracket exposures when you start doing shadow images. 
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1: Shadows Add Impact&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Soft light is easy to work with, primarily because it produces soft shadows. 
  If you didn&#39;t get the main light in the right place, there are no harsh 
  shadows to whump the viewer upside the head with that fact. But soft light also 
  lacks impact. Harsh shadows--in the right place(s)--can add impact 
  and drama to a photograph. The best source of harsh shadows is direct sunlight 
  outdoors. But you can create strong shadows with direct light sources in the 
  studio, too, such as direct electronic flash or tungsten lamps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contrast between sunlit fog and unlit trees adds drama to this early-morning 
  scene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0705photolessoni01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;435&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                1&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;All photos by Mike Stensvold unless otherwise indicated &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2: Show The Subject A Different Way&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For a different sort of image, make the shadow the main subject of the photo, 
  or photograph only the shadow, without including the subject. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This self-portrait was &quot;discovered&quot; on the side of a store near 
  the end of a hike. Keep your eyes open for such photo ops in your wanderings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;277&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0705photolessoni02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; height=&quot;30&quot; width=&quot;435&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                2&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;3: Get Artsy&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hey, nothing says you can&#39;t use shadows as graphic elements. Instead of 
  grumbling when you encounter harsh shadows in available light scenes, try to 
  work with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Existing shadows can provide lots of photo ops, once you become attuned to them. 
  Look for interesting shadow patterns next time you&#39;re out searching for 
  things to photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;326&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0705photolessoni03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;435&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                3&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;4: Silhouettes&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Silhouettes offer another opportunity to use shadows. A silhouette is a shadow--an 
  unlit subject. Thus, silhouettes work best when the subject is readily identifiable 
  by its shape; subjects primarily noted for their texture or detail are not good 
  choices for silhouettes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bird watchers will immediately recognize these silhouettes as great-tailed grackles, 
  by their shapes and poses. Others might simply enjoy the overall picture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;img height=&quot;297&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0705photolessoni04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;435&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                4&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;5: Leading Lines&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Shooting outdoors early or late in the day, you can use the long shadows produced 
  by the low-angle sun to lead the viewer&#39;s eye into the photo. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shadows extending toward the camera can create leading lines, too. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;275&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0705photolessoni05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;419&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 419px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;419&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
                5&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Penumbra?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Shadows are more than just black blobs that mimic the shapes of things casting 
  them. At the center, known as the umbra, the shadow is very dark indeed. But 
  at the edges is a lighter, softer-edged area called the penumbra. When conditions 
  are right, you can record this in a photograph of the shadow. (If the light 
  source creating the shadow is a true point source, there will be no penumbra. 
  But few true point light sources exist in our daily lives.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Soft Vs. Hard Light&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Soft light is produced by light sources that are large relative to the size 
  of the subject, such as an overcast sky. Hard light is produced by light sources 
  that are small compared to the size of the subject, such as direct electronic 
  flash. The sun is huge, but so far from the Earth that it acts as a hard light 
  source. Hard light produces the best shadows for photos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;How Long?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Outdoors, the lower the sun is in the sky, the longer the shadows objects here 
  on Earth will cast. A six-foot person will cast a six-foot shadow when the sun 
  is at a 45° angle to it. When the sun is lower in the sky, the shadow will 
  be longer; when the sun is nearly overhead, the shadow will be very short.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;How Sharp?&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The closer the object casting the shadow is to the surface upon which it is 
  casting the shadow, the sharper the shadow will be. An airplane flying high 
  overhead will cast a shadow so fuzzy you might not even notice it, while an 
  object just a foot above the ground will cast a very sharp shadow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source:&amp;nbsp; http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/7542482567703860624'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/7542482567703860624'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/tips-for-shadows-in-your-clicks-5ive.html' title='Tips For Shadows In Your Clicks - 5ive'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-5755624117170662988</id><published>2012-01-16T03:24:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:24:37.108-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Tips To Get Point Of Interest Stand Out - Se7en</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2327&quot; style=&quot;width: 410px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography-2/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2327&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;What and how to get a Prominent Point of Interest in Photography&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2327&quot; height=&quot;570&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/What-and-how-to-get-a-Prominent-Point-of-Interest-in-Photography.jpg&quot; title=&quot;What and how to get a Prominent Point of Interest in Photography&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
What and how to get a Prominent Point of Interest in Photography&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

Point of Interest is the gravitating aspect that will draw the viewers 
to a certain point of the photograph.  Ideally, there is one point of 
interest (POI) in a photograph to ensure its viewers are able to 
understand the message conveyed by the photograph.  There are several 
techniques to ensure the photograph’s viewers comprehend the POI:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;1. Fill the Frame&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By filling the frame with the main object, the object will inevitably be
 the center of attention.  There are several ways to fill the frame with
 the main object of the photograph. Some of these include:&lt;br /&gt;
- Photographing closer to the object.&lt;br /&gt;
- Using a telephoto lens or zoom.&lt;br /&gt;
- Cropping.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2328&quot; style=&quot;width: 410px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-fill-the-frame/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2328&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Fill the frame&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2328&quot; height=&quot;589&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Fill-the-frame.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Fill the frame&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Point of Interest in Photography - Fill the frame&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;more-2326&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;2. Depth of Field &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By adjusting the Depth of Field (DoF), the main object will appear sharp
 while the surrounding environment becomes blurry in contrast. This 
ensures the clarity of the point of interest.  To obtain a thin Depth of
 Field, the steps that can be taken are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Set the lens to its widest aperture (lowest digit).&lt;br /&gt;
- Use the farthest zoom range (tele-end).&lt;br /&gt;
- Distance the object with its background.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2329&quot; style=&quot;width: 410px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-shallow-depth-of-field/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2329&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Shallow Depth of Field&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2329&quot; height=&quot;588&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Shallow-Depth-of-Field.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Shallow Depth of Field&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Point of Interest in Photography - Shallow Depth of Field&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;3. Position and Composition&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The placement of the object in the photo frame will determine how much 
attention is drawn to the object or part of the object.  The center is 
the most dominant point.  The top part is more interesting than the 
bottom when using 1/3 composition and the intersections will provide 
more impact.  For instance, placing the eye of the object at the top 1/3
 of the frame.&lt;br /&gt;
Also, color and balance are also determining factors in defining a point
 of interest.  Bright colors are more alluring.  The color yellow grabs 
the most attention.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2334&quot; style=&quot;width: 510px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-position-and-composition/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2334&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Position and Composition&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2334&quot; height=&quot;294&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Position-and-Composition.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Position and Composition&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Point of Interest in Photography - Position and Compositio&lt;strong style=&quot;font-weight: normal;&quot;&gt;n&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;4. Lines and Patterns&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
By leveraging the converging lines and patterns around the main object, 
the attention can be drawn to a certain point in a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2330&quot; style=&quot;width: 510px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-lines-and-patterns/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2330&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Lines and Patterns&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2330&quot; height=&quot;340&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Lines-and-Patterns.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Lines and Patterns&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Point of Interest in Photography - Lines and Patterns&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;5. The Motion Blur Technique&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This technique takes use blurs to isolate the main object.  The 
surrounding objects, which are not meant as the point of interest, are 
blurred.  This effect can be achieved on site or by using a photo editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2331&quot; style=&quot;width: 510px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-motion-blur/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2331&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Motion Blur&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2331&quot; height=&quot;340&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Motion-Blur.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Motion Blur&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Point of Interest in Photography - Motion Blur&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;6. Framing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Framing is the use of certain elements or objects around the point of 
interest to act as barriers.  This will then ensure attention is 
directed at the point of interest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2332&quot; style=&quot;width: 510px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-framing/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2332&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Framing&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2332&quot; height=&quot;369&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Framing.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Framing&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Point of Interest in Photography - Framing&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;strong&gt;7. Editing&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Editing is the last step done once the photographs are saved as a file 
in a memory card or hard disk.  There are many things that can be done 
in editing to ensure that only one point of interest (POI) is prominent 
in a photograph.  For example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Cropping or discarding any unnecessary parts of the photographs while also adjusting composition.&lt;br /&gt;
- Light and color setting, by decreasing light intensity around the object or adjusting color tone.&lt;br /&gt;
- Blurring the surroundings of the object, so the object seems more attention grabbing among the blurs.&lt;br /&gt;
- Sharpening, increasing the sharpness of the point of interest.&lt;br /&gt;
- Selective color, making the object in color while setting the background as monochromatic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2333&quot; style=&quot;width: 410px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/what-and-how-to-get-a-prominent-point-of-interest-in-photography/point-of-interest-in-photography-selective-color/&quot; rel=&quot;attachment wp-att-2333&quot;&gt;&lt;img alt=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Selective Color&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2333&quot; height=&quot;627&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Point-of-Interest-in-Photography-Selective-Color.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Point of Interest in Photography - Selective Color&quot; width=&quot;400&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source: http://oneslidephotography.com&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5755624117170662988'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5755624117170662988'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/tips-to-get-point-of-interest-stand-out.html' title='Tips To Get Point Of Interest Stand Out - Se7en'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-2421499319111211337</id><published>2012-01-16T03:16:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:47:13.212-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Action Photography Tips - Three</title><content type='html'>Photographing action is quite challenging, but can also be very rewarding. 
  The keys to success are knowing your camera, knowing your subject...and LOTS 
  of practice. You have to be able to set focus and exposure quickly (or monitor 
  them quickly, if using an automatic camera). In short, you can&#39;t be fumbling 
  around trying to figure out how to apply exposure compensation or switch from 
  single-area AF to multiple-area AF or vice versa while the action is happening. 
  Camera operation must become second-nature. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;289&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni01.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 436px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;A 
              fast shutter speed &quot;freezes&quot; motion. Here, 1/5000 
              even froze the water droplets.&lt;br /&gt;
              All photos by Mike Stensvold unless otherwise indicated. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
It&#39;s also very helpful to know as much as possible about your subject, 
  be it an animal or a sport. The more you know about your subject, the better 
  you&#39;ll be able to anticipate photo ops, and be ready when they occur. 
  Learn as much as you can about your subjects from books, online, and other sources, 
  and by watching them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There&#39;s a lot of luck involved, too, of course. But you&#39;ll find 
  that the more you practice and the more you learn about your subjects, the more 
  often you&#39;ll get lucky.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;TIP 1: Shutter Speed&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are two basic ways to deal with action subjects: freeze them sharply, 
  or blur them. Using a fast shutter speed will sharply freeze the subject, while 
  using a slow shutter speed will blur it. How fast a shutter speed it takes to 
  freeze the subject, and how long a shutter speed you&#39;ll need to blur it 
  effectively, depend on the subject&#39;s speed and distance from the camera, 
  the focal length of the lens you&#39;re using, and the effect you want. The 
  faster the motion, the closer the subject, and the longer the lens, the faster 
  the shutter speed you&#39;ll need to &quot;freeze&quot; the motion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the foregoing in mind, it&#39;s a good idea to try a variety of shutter 
  speeds each time you encounter a new action subject, to see which one(s) produce 
  the best results for that subject. You&#39;ll soon learn what speeds will 
  produce the effects you prefer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;326&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni02.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 436px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
              &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;A slow shutter speed blurs motion, which can be an interesting effect.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Tip 2: Panning Techniques&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you use a slow shutter speed and keep the camera still, the subject will 
  move through the frame and come out blurred. This is fine for subjects like 
  hovering hummingbirds, where the body will be sharp and the wings blurred, but 
  subjects moving across the frame will just be blurred. A better way to deal 
  with such subjects at slow shutter speeds is to pan the camera--track the 
  subject with the camera, moving the camera to keep the subject in the same spot 
  in the finder. The result will be a sharp subject and a very blurred background, 
  emphasizing the subject&#39;s speed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;290&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni03.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 436px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
              &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Panning to track the subject while using a slow shutter speed will 
              result in a blurred background but a relatively sharp subject.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
Track your subject through the viewfinder, press the shutter button halfway 
  down to activate the AF system, continue tracking the subject, press the shutter 
  button all the way down to make exposure, and continue tracking the subject 
  (follow-through is important: if you stop tracking the subject when you take 
  the shot, the subject will blur and possibly even move out of frame by the time 
  the camera makes the exposure). Like all action techniques, this one takes practice 
  to master, but the results are worth the effort.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;281&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni04.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
              &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Shooting at the peak of the action, when an ascending subject briefly 
              hangs motionless before starting back down, you can get sharp images 
              even at slower shutter speeds.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
              Photo by Ron Leach&amp;nbsp; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;TIP 3: Composing Action Shots&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most action happens too quickly to allow you to carefully compose each image 
  and check the background for distractions. But you can check the background 
  (and lighting) before the subject arrives, and move to a different spot if background 
  or light aren&#39;t good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;321&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni05.jpg&quot; width=&quot;215&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 215px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt; 
              &lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Check the background and lighting before the subject arrives. If 
              the background is distracting, or the lighting unattractive, try 
              to find a new spot to set up.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br style=&quot;color: blue;&quot; /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;
              Photo by Karel Kramer/Dirt Rider Magazine&lt;/span&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Focus Points&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
While it&#39;s easier to keep a camera&#39;s wide, multi-point AF area on 
  a moving subject, most AF SLRs will respond more quickly if you use only the 
  central focusing point. If your camera doesn&#39;t seem to respond quickly 
  enough with action subjects, try using single-point AF instead of multi-point 
  AF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;272&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni06.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 436px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;Swallows 
              are very tough subjects: Not only are they fast, they&#39;re also 
              erratic as they pursue tiny flying insects. This &quot;mirror image&quot; 
              occurred when a swallow flew near the water surface, which glowed 
              with sunrise color. Exposing for the color and letting the bird 
              go silhouette also provided a faster shutter speed--all the 
              better to catch a sharp image&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Prefocusing&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you know the subject will pass a specific point, such as second base at a 
  baseball game with an expert base-stealer on first, you can prefocus manually 
  on that point, and thus be ready to shoot as the subject arrives. This eliminates 
  the time consumed by (and possible inaccuracy of) autofocusing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;table border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;3&quot; style=&quot;width: 435px;&quot;&gt;
  &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;center&quot;&gt;
&lt;img height=&quot;270&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/0905lessoni07.jpg&quot; width=&quot;435&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;tr style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt; 
    &lt;td&gt;&lt;table align=&quot;center&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; cellpadding=&quot;3&quot; cellspacing=&quot;0&quot; style=&quot;width: 436px;&quot;&gt;
        &lt;tbody&gt;
&lt;tr&gt; 
          &lt;td bgcolor=&quot;#d3d3d3&quot; width=&quot;430&quot;&gt;&lt;div align=&quot;left&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Arial,Helvetica,sans-serif; font-size: xx-small;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: blue;&quot;&gt;With 
              moving subjects, it&#39;s generally preferable to leave some room 
              in the image ahead of the subject, so it appears to be moving into 
              the picture rather than out of it&lt;/span&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
        &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;/td&gt;
  &lt;/tr&gt;
&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Continuous Drive&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous advance (continuous drive with digital SLRs) lets you shoot a series 
  of exposures at one touch of the shutter button. This can yield nice action 
  sequences, but also use up lots of film rather quickly--a big advantage 
  to digital cameras here. Bear in mind that with many AF SLRs, only the first 
  image or two of a moving-subject sequence will be really sharp, so it&#39;s 
  probably best to stick to 2-5-frame bursts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Camera Lag&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There is a brief lag between the moment you fully depress the shutter button 
  to take a shot, and the moment the camera actually makes the exposure. With 
  pro action cameras, this lag is very brief, but it&#39;s there nonetheless. 
  You have to develop a feel for your camera&#39;s lag if you want to get great 
  action photos. And that just takes some practice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com/&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2421499319111211337'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2421499319111211337'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/action-photography-tips-three.html' title='Action Photography Tips - Three'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-5286052696236303905</id><published>2012-01-16T03:10:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:10:26.875-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>What To Shoot In Winter</title><content type='html'>Winter brings with it some great photo opportunities. In many areas 
winter means snowy landscapes and snow sports; in others, it&#39;s just a 
somewhat cooler and slightly wetter time of year. Here are some 
winter-oriented photo tips that should help you add some nice shots to 
your portfolio, and have some fun doing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;separator&quot; style=&quot;clear: both; text-align: center;&quot;&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;266&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.1.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;1 Sun Comes Up, Sun Goes Down . . . &lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 If you&#39;re not an early riser, or you like to get to bed early, winter 
is your season for sunrises and sunsets. The sun rises nearly three 
hours later, and sets nearly three hours earlier, in mid-winter than it 
does in mid-summer. So you can sleep in and still catch those neat 
things that often happen around sunrise (such as the alpenglow on 
pre-sunrise lenticular clouds shown here)—or photograph the sunset and 
still have time to go out for dinner and a movie. You can also capture 
those sunsets over picturesque parklands that close at 5 or 6 p.m. 
(which is well before sunset in mid-summer). &lt;i&gt;Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;279&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.2.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;2 Different Times of Day&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 As the sun &quot;travels across the sky&quot; (which it does more quickly during 
the shorter days of winter), the lighting direction changes relative to 
landscape features. So, schedule permitting, you should check out 
potential subjects first thing in the morning, in midmorning, around 
noon, in midafternoon, in late afternoon, and around sunset to see how 
they look in the different lighting. Not only does the lighting 
direction change throughout the day, but the color changes as well, from
 cool before sunrise to warm just after sunrise to neutral at midday to 
warmer near sunset to cooler after sunset. The combination of different 
lighting angles and different lighting colors can make a subject look 
quite different as the Earth does its daily rotation. So shoot a frame 
(or more) throughout the day, and you&#39;ll get some interesting shots.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Lynne Eodice&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;135&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.3.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;3 White Is White&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 . . . but snow isn&#39;t, always. Snow in sun is white, snow in shade is 
bluish, snow under an overcast sky is grayish, snow near sunrise or 
sunset has a warm cast. To get great snow shots, first you have to learn
 to see the snow as it is, and second you have to expose it properly. If
 you take a reading off sunlit snow with your camera&#39;s built-in 
reflected-light meter, the resulting photo will show the snow as 
gray—too dark for sunlit snow. So you&#39;ll have to give the snow more 
exposure than the meter calls for. How much more? That depends on how 
you want the snow to appear—try one stop, and bracket exposures. Soon 
you&#39;ll develop a &quot;feel&quot; for how to expose snow to show it the way you 
want in your photos. (Note: If the snow occupies only a small portion of
 the image, your in-camera meter will probably expose it correctly. But 
it&#39;s still a good idea to bracket exposure whenever you&#39;re in doubt. )&lt;i&gt;Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;443&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.4.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;4 A Touch of Color&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Snow is very pretty, but photographically a little snow goes a long 
way. You can add interest and color to snow shots simply by including a 
colorful object or two in your composition. The colorful object can be 
incidental, or the main subject of the photo. Keep your eyes peeled for 
colorful items to include in your snow pictures.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;429&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.5.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;5 Enroute&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Getting there is half the fun, the old adage goes. And photos taken 
enroute to your winter destination can add interest to your slide show 
or portfolio. Keep an eye out for interesting formations you can include
 with the road as you drive toward your destination. Or photograph 
travel companions wending their way to the top.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Ron Leach (top) and Lynne Eodice&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;600&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.6.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;6 Seasonal Holidays&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Several major holidays fall during winter, and each offers many photo 
opps. Have your camera ready, with lots of film and some spare 
batteries, and keep an eye out for colorful subject matter.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Lynne Eodice&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;272&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.7.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;7 Watch the Birdies&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Many birds fly south for the winter. So, if you live in the &quot;south,&quot; 
you&#39;ll likely have lots of birds to photograph that you don&#39;t have 
during the rest of the year. Unfortunately, many of them are in their 
winter plumage, which isn&#39;t nearly as colorful as their breeding 
(generally spring-summer) plumage. But they still make good photo 
subjects and give your bird photos some variety. This past winter, we in
 Los Angeles enjoyed a large number of vacationing American White 
Pelicans.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;275&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.8.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;8 From Above&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Clear winter days are generally pristine compared to &quot;clear&quot; summer 
days, as the winter storms temporarily remove pollution particles from 
atmosphere, and the cooler unstable winter air tends to provide better 
visibility than summer&#39;s warmer stable layers. The result is better 
photographic conditions for scenic and aerial photography, and any shots
 of distant subjects.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Mike Stensvold&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;600&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.9.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;9 Bare Flora&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt; Many plants lose their leaves for winter. So you can photograph branch patterns, something you can&#39;t do most of the year.&lt;i&gt;Photo by Mike Stensvold (top) and Lynne Eodice&lt;/i&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt; &lt;img align=&quot;LEFT&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;135&quot; hspace=&quot;6&quot; src=&quot;http://www.shutterbug.com/images/archivesart/1102winter.10.jpg&quot; vspace=&quot;4&quot; width=&quot;200&quot; /&gt; &lt;b&gt;10 Moonlight on Snow&lt;/b&gt; &lt;br /&gt;
 Moonlit landscapes can be very effective, but they&#39;re at their best on 
snow. The white snow won&#39;t be white in the photo (it&#39;ll take on a bluish
 tint), but it will reflect the dim moonlight and give you a landscape 
image containing far more detail than you&#39;d get with the moon lighting 
dark ground. For this shot, the camera was steadied on an ice-ax 
&quot;monopod.&quot; &lt;i&gt;Photo by Ron Leach&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt; &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;clear: left; float: left; font-family: Helvetica,Arial; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-right: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;i&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.shutterbug.com&lt;/span&gt;&amp;nbsp;&lt;/i&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family: Helvetica,Arial;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5286052696236303905'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5286052696236303905'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/what-to-shoot-in-winter.html' title='What To Shoot In Winter'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-5327433816873415879</id><published>2012-01-16T03:00:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-16T03:00:18.454-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Se7en Winter Photography Tips</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: right;&quot;&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
Winter is a wonderful time for photography.&amp;nbsp; I thought I would 
provide a few tips to make photography in the cold more successful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;more-129&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;a href=&quot;http://my-photo-blog.com/wp-content/uploads/2006/11/Winter-Chugach-Forest.jpg&quot; imageanchor=&quot;1&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em;&quot;&gt;&lt;img align=&quot;top&quot; alt=&quot;Chugach National Forest, Alaska during winter.&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; id=&quot;image147&quot; src=&quot;http://my-photo-blog.com/wp-content/uploads/2006/11/Winter-Chugach-Forest.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Chugach National Forest, Alaska during winter.&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;b&gt;1.&amp;nbsp; Keep your camera cold.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; Although it is tempting, don’t put your 
camera under your jacket.&amp;nbsp; Warming and cooling your camera will cause 
condensation and render your camera unusable.&amp;nbsp; It is easier to brush 
falling snow off a cold camera as well.&amp;nbsp; Falling snow on a warm camera 
makes for first a wet, then a frozen mess.&amp;nbsp; But don’t&amp;nbsp;don’t try to blow 
snow off your camera with&amp;nbsp;your breath!&amp;nbsp; This too can cause a frozen 
condensated mess.&amp;nbsp; I have learned all these things the hard way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;2.&amp;nbsp; Keep your batteries warm&lt;/b&gt;.&amp;nbsp; Your camera will work fine in very 
cold temperatures as long as it has functioning batteries.&amp;nbsp; The cold can
 quickly zap the energy out of any battery, but warming&amp;nbsp;them up can 
restore much of&amp;nbsp;their power.&amp;nbsp; If I’m taking extended exposures where I 
can’t afford to have my camera quit such as photographing northern 
lights, I use a rubber band and attach a chemical hand warmer to the 
battery compartment.&amp;nbsp; Otherwise I keep extra batteries in a pocket 
inside my jacket where I can keep them warm.&amp;nbsp; Sometime I put a chemical 
hand warmer in that pocket to speed up the process.&amp;nbsp; I then rotate the 
batteries between my camera and my warm pocket.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;3.&amp;nbsp; Warm your camera slowly when you return home or in your car.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; If 
you walk into the house with a cold camera, it will instantly become 
covered with condensation.&amp;nbsp; Anyone who has worn glasses in the winter 
will know exactly what I’m talking about.&amp;nbsp; Some photographers will put 
their camera gear&amp;nbsp;in zip lock bags and that works fine.&amp;nbsp; I just leave my
 gear in the camera bag and make sure I don’t open the bag for an hour 
of two.&amp;nbsp; The camera bag seems to be adequate for avoiding condensation.&amp;nbsp;
 Be sure to remove film or cards from your camera before you bring it 
inside so you won’t be tempted to open your bag prematurely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;4.&amp;nbsp; Keep your car cold.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; This is a tip you will rarely read, but I 
think it is a good one.&amp;nbsp; Having a cold car will prevent any condensation
 on your camera as you come and go while shooting.&amp;nbsp; This is really 
helpful when you are in and out of&amp;nbsp;your car a lot,&amp;nbsp;like when you 
are&amp;nbsp;driving around chasing northern lights.&amp;nbsp; I have found that if I’m 
already dressed for the cold, like you need to be while&amp;nbsp;driving a cold 
car, that I’m more likely to stop and explore photo opportunities.&amp;nbsp; If I
 have to stop and put on jackets, boots and gloves, I’m more likely to 
convince myself it really isn’t a good photo opp.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;5.&amp;nbsp; Watch your breath.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; I’m not talking bad breath, but you should watch that too &lt;img alt=&quot;:)&quot; class=&quot;wp-smiley&quot; src=&quot;http://www.my-photo-blog.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif&quot; /&gt;
 &amp;nbsp; One exhale at the wrong time and the back of your camera, and more 
importantly your viewfinder will become instantly covered in a film of 
ice.&amp;nbsp; Once your viewfinder is iced over, it is very difficult to clear 
without warming your camera.&amp;nbsp; I can’t tell you how many times I have 
done this over the years once I get caught up in the excitement of 
shooting.&amp;nbsp; I raise my head to look over the camera and boom, in one 
breath the back is covered in ice.&amp;nbsp; Because I forget this so often, I 
will often cover my mouth with the collar of my jacket to help divert my
 breath so that it isn’t a problem.&amp;nbsp; I know of some fellow Alaskan 
shooters who have used snorkels to help direct their moist breath away 
from camera gear while working in severe cold.&amp;nbsp; That probably would work
 great, but may look pretty funny to anyone passing by.&amp;nbsp; I could just 
hear them;&amp;nbsp; “Dude, you aren’t in Hawaii anymore – just let it go!”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;6.&amp;nbsp; Keep your tripod legs together in snow.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/b&gt; If you push your tripod 
into the snow with the legs sprayed, you can easily damage them.&amp;nbsp; I 
start with the legs just slightly apart, and then I will push the tripod
 into the snow which slowly spreads the legs as the tripod sinks further
 into the snow.&amp;nbsp; Having the legs spreed as the tripod sinks helps keep 
it a little more stable as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;

&lt;b&gt;7.&amp;nbsp; Use chemical hand warmers.&lt;/b&gt;&amp;nbsp; These are one of the best 
inventions.&amp;nbsp; As a kid, I used to use hand warmers powered by lighter 
fluid – they were really a pain.&amp;nbsp; Today’s chemical hand warmers are easy
 to use, they start warming the instant you open the package, and can 
last 6 to 8 hours.&amp;nbsp; Warm gloves are also important, but gloves alone are
 not enough.&amp;nbsp; The problem with photography&amp;nbsp;is it seems you are always 
taking your hands out of your gloves to change cards / film or 
something.&amp;nbsp; Once your hands are cold, gloves can’t rewarm them.&amp;nbsp; It is 
kind of like a well insulated Thermos that keeps warm things warm and 
cold things cold – gloves work the same way.&amp;nbsp; So for gloves to work with
 cold hands, you need a heat source, and that is where the hand warmers 
come into play.&amp;nbsp; I keep one stuffed in each glove or mitten, and this 
way my gloves are always warm and toasty when I go to put them back on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;


Some of the most unique photo opportunities are during winter, don’t let the cold keep you inside!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;span style=&quot;color: #666666;&quot;&gt;Source: http://www.my-photo-blog.com&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5327433816873415879'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/5327433816873415879'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/se7en-winter-photography-tips.html' title='Se7en Winter Photography Tips'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-6271929005243967708</id><published>2012-01-05T01:54:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2012-01-10T21:32:45.934-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Blogspot"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Painting"/><title type='text'>Amazing Patings in 3D</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.shaka1.fr/&quot;&gt;Marchal Mithouard&lt;/a&gt; (aka Shaka) is a
 French artist whose paintings literally pop out off the canvas into the
 world. To create his pieces, Mithouard first creates a bas relief of 
his figures on canvas, then paints them in his multi-colored, street art
 style. &lt;br /&gt;
Marchal Mithouard started as graffiti artist whose work
 gradually evolved from basic to a unique brand of three-dimensional 
street art. Using exaggerated perspective and realism, Mithouard aims 
for his human figures to jump out at the viewer. His paintings appear to
 have an underlying theme of revolt and rebellion.&lt;br /&gt;
His foremost influences, he says, include Vincent van Gogh, Le Caravage and Expressionism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-1&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;433&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcSzYBKZCQslJlgi3hKgDfKc39MkP1AR1IFiaqkj5XouSOpr7EoYDzMGtYIef8uHxv1cFomr0PjadXAxEDnyVtPJ_E0l8HtCfUwGIhtMP7CLo6opYqmcl4gxtd2h7Yiw6u25ulWnOrys6x/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-1&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a href=&quot;http://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=2514228090291678516&quot; name=&quot;more&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-1&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;238&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhPTUeQjCTKrGvlALIfzXIXP7VKg6YZpxLU3zLHhQ6ih7uTDbOX4hpkLawtRqg_SrQLE-YkWtQ65RjGWzBs-25AkAcB_5J_by5ql7Tvq28hPPrqZKioiaT5L9irHpfYvUwJ3S4-cHoUSq11/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-1&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-2&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;480&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjPgf3f1F3fWWn8X7MXOKfkBjKDJh1pzHIZnAd1npGqoIn98XWp45-zrTwPXUGQa0Ch57fg7XBDN8AlfaiFj7a9vSS0Zvhz9WaHLztzF1iAjWF2GlS4OAoRp_Qlr9VuTjgrIczGQdg47wMk/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-2&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-3&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;428&quot; src=&quot;http://lh5.ggpht.com/-n9wOJOnkPhk/TwLUeSZFgNI/AAAAAAAATTY/rPb2WTNerOQ/marchal-mithouard-3%25255B3%25255D.jpg?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-3&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-4&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;426&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEirxcPeyzqydmdZUfY6y9v4c2W23dna1qzJajkoLXtdaCPVGHD33D6HvfhbW_Kc1sOLZ_GKb95OETBP3hr55s8DNLI8Tj0M4SMylZqbHBklMNqvLqgqPmDrQdi9woZw3Hi9TuceiEwSX15x/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-4&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-5&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;430&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEh4EIP_bsRVpc2TqUpPqtWA0RA1JsFjxE2xIJop5bs6iGPFuAhndf4SxzmXNzA7gVx6ujDCnBNdn_ordaFiVSSEqjW-kBl7XxxjpDi9tEh7Qb1uNv7NCI3NP0hZ87GD8AM-fEo_EhvxZKsV/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-5&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-6&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;426&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrq7n6gWkNi1Gvbu_6t8wfn9wgxbPgR7CHHGmHf32EHtohsMYAwG8ixYYaFyd8ZNnV_BssPiv9dJ60qQTPEcsYknDcVEHPn11c26bt3zroYPgNTm7VnQWrmMD3nYxeeGk-j9fBOJBxGrn1/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-color: -moz-use-text-color; border-style: none; border-width: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-6&quot; width=&quot;640&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;marchal-mithouard-7&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; height=&quot;720&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEipjoniswD8MSCSSBnrcTLWzQR2-4Hz44PDI5d0JpzdLsnqL0eqkvk8nBQim0bVGWRnrKnCygDKUKSnXGpOBplt3T19wzA3oyaAjltDmRMrHQO2Ia6TG2jq60c9gKjhA8hvQbAzvXDGnSx8/?imgmax=800&quot; style=&quot;background-image: none; border-bottom: 0px; border-left: 0px; border-right: 0px; border-top: 0px; display: inline; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; padding-top: 0px;&quot; title=&quot;marchal-mithouard-7&quot; width=&quot;480&quot; /&gt;</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6271929005243967708'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/6271929005243967708'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2012/01/amazing-patings-in-3d.html' title='Amazing Patings in 3D'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgcSzYBKZCQslJlgi3hKgDfKc39MkP1AR1IFiaqkj5XouSOpr7EoYDzMGtYIef8uHxv1cFomr0PjadXAxEDnyVtPJ_E0l8HtCfUwGIhtMP7CLo6opYqmcl4gxtd2h7Yiw6u25ulWnOrys6x/s72-c?imgmax=800" height="72" width="72"/></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-2760223510679301444</id><published>2011-12-18T02:56:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-12-18T02:56:09.233-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photoshop"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>Things To Know About Autofocus</title><content type='html'>&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2124&quot; style=&quot;width: 460px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Ten Things You Should Know about Auto Focus&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2124&quot; height=&quot;338&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Ten-Things-You-Should-Know-about-Auto-Focus.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Ten Things You Should Know about Auto Focus&quot; width=&quot;450&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
The
 Auto Focus (AF) System in a camera found in the 1980′s is an important 
discovery in the world of photography and has had a major impact in 
bringing convenience to photographers. Without the Auto Focus, we would 
have to manually adjust the focus on the lens to really precisely focus 
on the objects we want to photograph (commonly referred to as manual 
focus). Now that the Auto Focus feature isn’t anything special anymore 
(except on cellphone cameras), do you really know the ins and outs of 
this most important feature? Check out the rest of this post to learn 
more about the Auto Focus.&lt;span id=&quot;more-2123&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto Focus vs. Manual Focus&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AF,
 or Auto Focus is an automatic process of the camera that aims to find 
the correct focus. The opposite of which is the MF, or Manual Focus, 
where the photographer sets the focus manually. MF can be executed by 
rotating the focus ring on the lens (on DSLRs) or by pressing the 
designated button (on non-DSLRs). This manual process is generally used 
when AF fails to deliver results according to our objectives, or if AF 
isn’t possible due to technical problems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AF by half-pressing the shutter button&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally,
 all cameras will start looking for the focus when the shutter button is
 pressed half way. The camera will then beep when the focus is locked 
and the locked object is sharply focused. So avoid pressing the shutter 
button without first half-pressing, because this will force the camera 
to shoot without finding the correct focus.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;About AF motors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The
 focus (or lack there of) of a resulting photograph is set by focal lens
 element that can move back and forth. If using the a AF mode, the 
camera will automatically rotate the AF lens by relying on the lens’ 
micro motor. That is why when the camera is focusing, you can hear (and 
feel) fine movements in the camera. On DSLRs, the AF motor is located 
inside the camera body, except entry level Nikon DSLRs like the D40 do 
not have an AF motor. As a substitute, this model needs lenses with AF 
motors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2125&quot; style=&quot;width: 510px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Nikon D7000 AF coupling&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2125&quot; height=&quot;375&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Nikon-D7000-AF-coupling.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Nikon D7000 AF coupling&quot; width=&quot;500&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Nikon D7000 AF coupling&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AE-L and AF-L&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In
 addition to half-pressing the shutter button, serious prosumer and 
DSLR-type cameras have AE-L and AF-L buttons which can be used to lock 
focus. AE-L stands for Auto Exposure-Lock and AF-L stands for Auto 
Focus-Lock. In further settings, these buttons can be customized into 
several functions, as well as exposure and focus lock, or lock exposure 
alone, focus lock only, and focus lock for the duration of shutter 
button being pushed (AF lock-hold). Choose the one that best suits your 
needs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2126&quot; style=&quot;width: 351px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;AE-L and AF-L button&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2126&quot; height=&quot;216&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AE-L-and-AF-L-button.jpg&quot; title=&quot;AE-L and AF-L button&quot; width=&quot;341&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
AE-L and AF-L button&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2127&quot; style=&quot;width: 260px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;AE-L and AF-L Buttons Menu&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2127&quot; height=&quot;188&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AE-L-and-AF-L-Buttons-Menu.jpg&quot; title=&quot;AE-L and AF-L Buttons Menu&quot; width=&quot;250&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
AE-L and AF-L Buttons Menu&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AF mode&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The
 Auto Focus process was initially on able to lock focus on stationary 
objects. With rapid technological advancements, AF can now detect object
 movements and follows wherever the object moves to. Not that the 
default AF mode is generally set to the stationary mode, and if we want 
to be able to follow the objects’ movement then we would need to set the
 AF mode to continuous. Now the DSLRs can lock focus on objects moving 
from left to right or back and forth (3D-Tracking AF).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;AF Points&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Generally,
 the camera finds focus on the center areas of the photo, but sometimes 
we want to photograph objects off to the sides. For that, AF Points are 
available in which we can choose the desired focal points. On DSLRs, the
 amount of AF Points varies from 3 points to 51 points. The more AF 
Points there are in a DSLR, the more flexible and the less chance you 
have of misfocusing your resulting photograph. Modern cameras can detect
 whether the object Is in more than one AF point, and if so they can 
create groups of AF according to the condition of the object.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2128&quot; style=&quot;width: 362px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Canon EOS 7D AF points&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2128&quot; height=&quot;277&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Canon-EOS-7D-AF-points.jpg&quot; title=&quot;Canon EOS 7D AF points&quot; width=&quot;352&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Canon EOS 7D AF points&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contrast Detect AF&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This
 is the AF method present in this digital era of photography; starting 
from cellphone cameras, Micro Four Thirds cameras, to DSLRs with 
live-view. Contrast Detectadheres to the principle that the 
highest-contrast photos are photos that have the best focus. When the 
camera sensors attain an image from the lens, the camera will measure 
the contrast of the photo’s object (which we can view in the histogram) 
and then sets the focus and compare the contrast. Even though the 
principle is simple, the camera needs to run complicated calculations 
for this method and as a result, this process may take a while (about 
one second). If the object doesn’t have enough contrast, or are under 
dim lighting, the AF will fail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Phase Detect AF&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From
 the old SLRs to the modern ay DSLRs, phase-detect AF became a distinct 
feature because of its accuracy and speed. On DSLRs, the AF module 
especially receives images from the lens with the phase detect 
principle. The auto focus process is then conducted. The AF process with
 phase detect is fast, accurate, and is reliable even if the object is 
rather dark and low in contrast. Please note that the performances of 
the AF process with phase detect will decrease if the DSLR is fitted 
with slow lenses like the f/4 or f/5.6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cross-Type Sensors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Specifically
 for AF module on DSLRs, the AF points can be cross-type sensors. Such 
sensors are sensitive to differences in contrast both vertically and 
horizontally. AF points in the center is always a cross type, while 
others may not be. The more cross-type AF points there are, the more 
expensive and the more accurate the DSLRs are in locking focus.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hybrid AF&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Modern
 DLSRs with the live-view feature upholds two AF principles, both the 
phase detect concept and the contrast detect concept. Under normal 
conditions regarding speed and accuracy, the DSLRs would use the phase 
detect mode as their default mode. When using live-view with a 
stationary object (such as macro), however, we can use the contrast 
detect mode by taking advantage of the zoom feature on the LCD screen. 
Thus we can be more certain that the focus is precise.</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2760223510679301444'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/2760223510679301444'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2011/12/things-to-know-about-autofocus.html' title='Things To Know About Autofocus'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-2514228090291678516.post-4857457550568784336</id><published>2011-12-18T02:55:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2011-12-18T02:55:09.215-08:00</updated><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Canon"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="DSLR"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Interesting"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Photography"/><category scheme="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#" term="Tips"/><title type='text'>I SHOOT RAW..! How Important Is That?</title><content type='html'>&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption aligncenter&quot; id=&quot;attachment_2642&quot; style=&quot;clear: right; float: right; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-left: 1em; width: 310px;&quot;&gt;
&lt;img alt=&quot;Are RAW Files Important in Digital Photography&quot; class=&quot;size-full wp-image-2642&quot; height=&quot;300&quot; src=&quot;http://oneslidephotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Are-RAW-Files-Important-in-Digital-Photography.png&quot; title=&quot;Are RAW Files Important in Digital Photography&quot; width=&quot;300&quot; /&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;wp-caption-text&quot;&gt;
Are RAW Files Important in Digital Photography&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many
 modern cameras feature the RAW file format. This feature may be one of 
the pivotal reasons why you’ve bought that specific camera, or you may 
be one of those who never use this feature. For professionals, 
photographing using RAW is a must. But for beginners, is this feature 
really that important? The short answer is yes. Find out the “why?” in 
this post.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RAW file format is the original file produced by 
the camera’s sensor that hasn’t been digitally processed by the camera. 
In short, these RAW files are literally the raw files that are 
substantially larger in file size and are not yet ready for consumption,
 unlike its JPEG counterpart. Not all cameras have this RAW file 
feature. Generally, they only provide the JPEGs. Because RAW files are 
produced directly from the sensors, every camera with different sensor 
technologies has RAW files that are different. Unfortunately, these 
different RAW files aren’t compatible with each other and processing 
them needs supporting RAW processing software for that specific type of 
camera. &lt;span id=&quot;more-2641&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RAW files contain 
brightness information captured by each pixel (in 12 or 14 bits) and has
 passed through the color filter (RGB). These files are usually sized at
 10s of MBs and uses different names according to their producers. Nikon
 DSLRs uses NEF and Canons use CR2 as their file names. Having RAW files
 are like having the negative films from the camera and the post-process
 done in the computer is like the post-processing done in a dark room.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;RAW files are original files that haven’t gone through the internal camera process of:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a name=&#39;more&#39;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;- Demosaicing (Bayer interpolation)&lt;br /&gt;- Gamma correction (curve)&lt;br /&gt;- White balance (WB)&lt;br /&gt;- Sharpening&lt;br /&gt;- Noise reduction (NR)&lt;br /&gt;- Compression (lossy)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So
 you can do the above process manually as the photographer as you see 
fit using computer softwares. And yes, JPEG files can also be processed 
digitally, but JPEG files have high limitations because of the 
pre-process done by the camera.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;There are many advantages in processing RAW-format photographs. Some of which are:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- Avoiding under/over exposures (exposure compensation is possible)&lt;br /&gt;- Setting a more accurate white balance&lt;br /&gt;- Freely setting basic settings such as sharpening, noise reduction, contrast, and curves.&lt;br /&gt;- Getting a wider dynamic range.&lt;br /&gt;- Adjusting levels of noise reduction as is needed.&lt;br /&gt;- Freely experiment with color and saturation.&lt;br /&gt;- Freely determine the level of JPEG compression ratio.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;strong&gt;But with these advantages, there are also a few difficulties to note when using these RAW file formats. Some of which are:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;- The large size takes up a considerable amount of disk space.&lt;br /&gt;- Needs a fast computer to adequately process without lag.&lt;br /&gt;- Takes a longer amount of time to process batches of photographs.&lt;br /&gt;- Needs special softwares and plugins to read and process RAW files on a computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you want to maximize the use of the RAW feature of your camera, start by finding suitable software for the post-process.</content><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4857457550568784336'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/2514228090291678516/posts/default/4857457550568784336'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogdoc7.blogspot.com/2011/12/i-shoot-raw-how-important-is-that.html' title='I SHOOT RAW..! How Important Is That?'/><author><name>Unknown</name><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='https://img1.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author></entry></feed>